1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
36 #include "character.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "w32common.h"
55 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
63 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
78 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
79 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
82 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
83 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
85 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame
*);
86 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object
);
87 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND
, HMENU
, UINT
, UINT
);
88 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND
);
89 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
90 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no
);
92 /* If non-NULL, a handle to a frame where to display the hourglass cursor. */
93 static HWND hourglass_hwnd
= NULL
;
96 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
99 Lisp_Object Qsuppress_icon
;
100 Lisp_Object Qundefined_color
;
101 Lisp_Object Qcancel_timer
;
102 Lisp_Object Qfont_param
;
108 Lisp_Object Qcontrol
;
110 static Lisp_Object Qgeometry
, Qworkarea
, Qmm_size
, Qframes
;
113 /* Prefix for system colors. */
114 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
115 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
117 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
122 static int button_state
= 0;
123 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg
;
124 static unsigned mouse_button_timer
= 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
125 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg
;
126 static unsigned mouse_move_timer
= 0;
128 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
129 static HWND track_mouse_window
;
131 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
132 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
133 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
134 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
136 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
137 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
139 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
140 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
142 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
143 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
145 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
146 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
155 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
156 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
158 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
164 char szDevice
[CCHDEVICENAME
];
167 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
168 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
169 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR
);
172 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* TrackMouseEvent_Proc
)
173 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack
);
174 typedef LONG (WINAPI
* ImmGetCompositionString_Proc
)
175 (IN HIMC context
, IN DWORD index
, OUT LPVOID buffer
, IN DWORD bufLen
);
176 typedef HIMC (WINAPI
* ImmGetContext_Proc
) (IN HWND window
);
177 typedef HWND (WINAPI
* ImmReleaseContext_Proc
) (IN HWND wnd
, IN HIMC context
);
178 typedef HWND (WINAPI
* ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc
) (IN HIMC context
,
179 IN COMPOSITIONFORM
*form
);
180 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI
* MonitorFromPoint_Proc
) (IN POINT pt
, IN DWORD flags
);
181 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* GetMonitorInfo_Proc
)
182 (IN HMONITOR monitor
, OUT
struct MONITOR_INFO
* info
);
183 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI
* MonitorFromWindow_Proc
)
184 (IN HWND hwnd
, IN DWORD dwFlags
);
185 typedef BOOL
CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc
)
186 (IN HMONITOR monitor
, IN HDC hdc
, IN RECT
*rcMonitor
, IN LPARAM dwData
);
187 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc
)
188 (IN HDC hdc
, IN RECT
*rcClip
, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum
, IN LPARAM dwData
);
190 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn
= NULL
;
191 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn
= NULL
;
192 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn
= NULL
;
193 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn
= NULL
;
194 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn
= NULL
;
195 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn
= NULL
;
196 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn
= NULL
;
197 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn
= NULL
;
198 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn
= NULL
;
201 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
202 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
203 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu
;
204 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
206 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
207 static int ignore_ime_char
= 0;
209 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
210 unsigned int msh_mousewheel
= 0;
213 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
214 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
215 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
216 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
218 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
219 static unsigned menu_free_timer
= 0;
222 static int image_cache_refcount
, dpyinfo_refcount
;
225 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
;
227 static int w32_unicode_gui
;
230 extern HMENU current_popup_menu
;
231 static int menubar_in_use
= 0;
233 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
234 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
235 extern int uniscribe_available
;
237 /* Function prototypes for hourglass support. */
238 static void w32_show_hourglass (struct frame
*);
239 static void w32_hide_hourglass (void);
242 /* From w32inevt.c */
243 extern int faked_key
;
244 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
246 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
247 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache
;
249 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
250 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache
;
252 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask
= 0;
254 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
255 int w32_major_version
;
256 int w32_minor_version
;
257 int w32_build_number
;
259 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
263 HINSTANCE hinst
= NULL
;
266 static unsigned int sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
267 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
269 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
270 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
271 the first display on the list. */
273 struct w32_display_info
*
274 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame
)
278 struct frame
*sf
= XFRAME (selected_frame
);
280 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf
) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf
))
281 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf
);
283 return &one_w32_display_info
;
285 else if (STRINGP (frame
))
286 return x_display_info_for_name (frame
);
291 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame
);
293 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
294 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
295 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
299 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
300 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
303 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
, HWND wdesc
)
305 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
308 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
311 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
314 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
321 static Lisp_Object
unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object
);
322 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object
);
323 static void my_create_window (struct frame
*);
324 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame
*);
326 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
327 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
328 void x_set_background_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
329 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
330 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
331 void x_set_border_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
332 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
333 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
334 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
335 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
336 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
337 void x_set_title (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
338 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
343 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
344 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
345 not Emacs's own window. */
348 x_real_positions (struct frame
*f
, int *xptr
, int *yptr
)
353 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
354 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
359 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
360 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &pt
);
362 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
363 f
->x_pixels_diff
= pt
.x
- rect
.left
;
364 f
->y_pixels_diff
= pt
.y
- rect
.top
;
370 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
371 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
372 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
373 monitor to the window is chosen. */
376 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd
, int fsmode
, RECT normal
, RECT
*rect
)
378 struct MONITOR_INFO mi
= { sizeof(mi
) };
379 if (monitor_from_window_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
)
382 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd
, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
383 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor
, &mi
);
387 mi
.rcMonitor
.left
= 0;
388 mi
.rcMonitor
.top
= 0;
389 mi
.rcMonitor
.right
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN
);
390 mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN
);
393 mi
.rcWork
.right
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED
);
394 mi
.rcWork
.bottom
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED
);
399 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
400 rect
->left
= mi
.rcMonitor
.left
;
401 rect
->top
= mi
.rcMonitor
.top
;
402 rect
->right
= mi
.rcMonitor
.right
;
403 rect
->bottom
= mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
;
405 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
406 rect
->left
= mi
.rcWork
.left
;
407 rect
->top
= normal
.top
;
408 rect
->right
= mi
.rcWork
.right
;
409 rect
->bottom
= normal
.bottom
;
411 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
412 rect
->left
= normal
.left
;
413 rect
->top
= mi
.rcWork
.top
;
414 rect
->right
= normal
.right
;
415 rect
->bottom
= mi
.rcWork
.bottom
;
425 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color
,
426 Sw32_define_rgb_color
, 4, 4, 0,
427 doc
: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
428 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
429 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
430 if the entry is new. */)
431 (Lisp_Object red
, Lisp_Object green
, Lisp_Object blue
, Lisp_Object name
)
434 Lisp_Object oldrgb
= Qnil
;
438 CHECK_NUMBER (green
);
442 XSETINT (rgb
, RGB (XUINT (red
), XUINT (green
), XUINT (blue
)));
446 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
447 entry
= Fassoc (name
, Vw32_color_map
);
450 entry
= Fcons (name
, rgb
);
451 Vw32_color_map
= Fcons (entry
, Vw32_color_map
);
455 oldrgb
= Fcdr (entry
);
456 Fsetcdr (entry
, rgb
);
464 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
465 typedef struct colormap_t
471 colormap_t w32_color_map
[] =
473 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
474 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
475 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
476 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
477 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
478 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
479 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
480 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
481 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
482 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
483 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
484 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
485 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
486 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
487 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
488 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
489 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
490 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
491 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
492 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
493 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
494 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
495 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
496 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
497 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
498 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
499 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
500 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
501 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
502 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
503 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
504 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
505 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
506 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
507 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
508 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
509 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
510 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
511 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
512 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
513 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
514 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
515 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
516 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
517 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
518 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
519 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
520 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
521 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
522 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
523 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
524 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
525 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
526 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
527 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
528 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
529 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
530 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
531 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
532 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
533 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
534 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
535 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
536 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
537 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
538 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
539 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
540 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
541 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
542 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
543 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
544 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
545 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
546 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
547 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
548 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
549 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
550 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
551 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
552 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
553 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
554 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
555 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
556 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
557 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
558 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
559 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
560 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
561 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
562 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
563 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
564 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
565 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
566 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
567 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
568 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
569 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
570 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
571 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
572 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
573 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
574 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
575 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
576 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
577 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
578 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
579 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
580 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
581 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
582 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
583 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
584 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
585 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
586 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
587 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
588 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
589 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
590 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
591 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
592 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
593 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
594 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
595 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
596 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
597 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
598 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
599 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
600 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
601 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
602 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
603 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
604 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
605 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
606 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
607 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
608 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
609 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
610 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
611 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
612 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
613 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
614 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
615 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
616 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
617 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
618 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
619 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
620 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
621 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
622 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
623 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
624 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
625 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
626 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
627 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
628 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
629 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
630 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
631 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
632 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
633 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
634 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
635 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
636 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
637 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
638 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
639 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
640 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
641 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
642 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
643 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
644 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
645 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
646 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
647 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
648 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
649 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
650 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
651 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
652 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
653 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
654 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
655 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
656 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
657 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
658 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
659 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
660 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
661 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
662 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
663 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
664 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
665 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
666 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
667 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
668 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
669 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
670 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
671 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
672 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
673 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
674 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
675 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
676 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
677 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
678 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
679 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
680 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
681 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
682 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
683 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
684 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
685 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
686 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
687 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
688 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
689 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
690 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
691 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
692 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
693 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
694 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
695 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
696 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
697 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
698 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
699 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
700 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
701 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
702 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
703 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
704 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
705 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
706 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
707 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
708 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
709 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
710 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
711 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
712 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
716 w32_default_color_map (void)
719 colormap_t
*pc
= w32_color_map
;
726 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (w32_color_map
) / sizeof (w32_color_map
[0]);
728 cmap
= Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc
->name
),
729 make_number (pc
->colorref
)),
737 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map
, Sw32_default_color_map
,
738 0, 0, 0, doc
: /* Return the default color map. */)
741 return w32_default_color_map ();
745 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname
)
747 Lisp_Object tail
, ret
= Qnil
;
751 for (tail
= Vw32_color_map
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
753 register Lisp_Object elt
, tem
;
756 if (!CONSP (elt
)) continue;
760 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem
), colorname
) == 0)
776 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object
*system_colors
)
780 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
783 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
785 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER
, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
786 KEY_READ
, &colors_key
) == ERROR_SUCCESS
787 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
788 KEY_READ
, &colors_key
) == ERROR_SUCCESS
)
791 char color_buffer
[64];
792 char full_name_buffer
[MAX_PATH
+ SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
];
794 DWORD name_size
, color_size
;
795 char *name_buffer
= full_name_buffer
+ SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
797 name_size
= sizeof (full_name_buffer
) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
798 color_size
= sizeof (color_buffer
);
800 strcpy (full_name_buffer
, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX
);
802 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key
, index
, name_buffer
, &name_size
,
803 NULL
, NULL
, color_buffer
, &color_size
)
807 if (sscanf (color_buffer
, " %u %u %u", &r
, &g
, &b
) == 3)
808 *system_colors
= Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer
),
809 make_number (RGB (r
, g
, b
))),
812 name_size
= sizeof (full_name_buffer
) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
813 color_size
= sizeof (color_buffer
);
816 RegCloseKey (colors_key
);
824 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname
)
826 register Lisp_Object ret
= Qnil
;
830 if (colorname
[0] == '#')
832 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
833 int size
= strlen (colorname
+ 1);
834 char *color
= alloca (size
+ 1);
836 strcpy (color
, colorname
+ 1);
837 if (size
== 3 || size
== 6 || size
== 9 || size
== 12)
845 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
851 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
852 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
853 our numbers, and we don't. */
854 if (!isxdigit (color
[0]) || color
[1] == 'x')
858 value
= strtoul (color
, &end
, 16);
860 if (errno
== ERANGE
|| end
- color
!= size
)
865 value
= value
* 0x10;
876 colorval
|= (value
<< pos
);
881 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
888 else if (strnicmp (colorname
, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
896 color
= colorname
+ 4;
897 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
902 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
903 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
904 our numbers, and we don't. */
905 if (!isxdigit (color
[0]) || color
[1] == 'x')
907 value
= strtoul (color
, &end
, 16);
913 value
= value
* 0x10 + value
;
926 if (value
== ULONG_MAX
)
928 colorval
|= (value
<< pos
);
935 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
943 else if (strnicmp (colorname
, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
945 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
952 color
= colorname
+ 5;
953 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
959 value
= strtod (color
, &end
);
962 if (value
< 0.0 || value
> 1.0)
964 val
= (UINT
)(0x100 * value
);
965 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
966 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
967 fixes the 1.0 case. */
970 colorval
|= (val
<< pos
);
977 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
985 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
986 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
989 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
990 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
991 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
992 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
993 ret
= w32_color_map_lookup (colorname
);
996 int len
= strlen (colorname
);
998 if (isdigit (colorname
[len
- 1]))
1000 char *ptr
, *approx
= alloca (len
+ 1);
1002 strcpy (approx
, colorname
);
1003 ptr
= &approx
[len
- 1];
1004 while (ptr
> approx
&& isdigit (*ptr
))
1007 ret
= w32_color_map_lookup (approx
);
1016 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame
*f
)
1018 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
;
1019 LOGPALETTE
* log_palette
;
1020 HPALETTE new_palette
;
1023 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1024 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->has_palette
)
1027 log_palette
= (LOGPALETTE
*)
1028 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE
) +
1029 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
* sizeof (PALETTEENTRY
));
1030 log_palette
->palVersion
= 0x300;
1031 log_palette
->palNumEntries
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
;
1033 list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1035 i
< FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
;
1036 i
++, list
= list
->next
)
1037 log_palette
->palPalEntry
[i
] = list
->entry
;
1039 new_palette
= CreatePalette (log_palette
);
1043 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
)
1044 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
);
1045 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
= new_palette
;
1047 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1048 release_frame_dc (f
, get_frame_dc (f
));
1053 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1054 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1057 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1058 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1059 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1064 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1066 w32_map_color (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF color
)
1068 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1070 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1073 /* check if color is already mapped */
1076 if (W32_COLOR (list
->entry
) == color
)
1084 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1085 list
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry
));
1086 SET_W32_COLOR (list
->entry
, color
);
1088 list
->next
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1089 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
= list
;
1090 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
++;
1092 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1093 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1097 w32_unmap_color (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF color
)
1099 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1100 struct w32_palette_entry
**prev
= &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1102 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1105 /* check if color is already mapped */
1108 if (W32_COLOR (list
->entry
) == color
)
1110 if (--list
->refcount
== 0)
1114 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
--;
1124 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1125 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1130 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1133 gamma_correct (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF
*color
)
1137 *color
= PALETTERGB (
1138 pow (GetRValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1139 pow (GetGValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1140 pow (GetBValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1145 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1146 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1147 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1150 w32_defined_color (struct frame
*f
, const char *color
, XColor
*color_def
, int alloc
)
1152 register Lisp_Object tem
;
1153 COLORREF w32_color_ref
;
1155 tem
= x_to_w32_color (color
);
1161 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1162 w32_color_ref
= XUINT (tem
);
1163 gamma_correct (f
, &w32_color_ref
);
1164 XSETINT (tem
, w32_color_ref
);
1167 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1168 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1170 struct w32_palette_entry
* entry
=
1171 one_w32_display_info
.color_list
;
1172 struct w32_palette_entry
** prev
=
1173 &one_w32_display_info
.color_list
;
1175 /* check if color is already mapped */
1178 if (W32_COLOR (entry
->entry
) == XUINT (tem
))
1180 prev
= &entry
->next
;
1181 entry
= entry
->next
;
1184 if (entry
== NULL
&& alloc
)
1186 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1187 entry
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry
));
1188 SET_W32_COLOR (entry
->entry
, XUINT (tem
));
1191 one_w32_display_info
.num_colors
++;
1193 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1194 one_w32_display_info
.regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1197 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1198 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1199 or not the display device has a palette. */
1200 w32_color_ref
= XUINT (tem
) | 0x2000000;
1202 color_def
->pixel
= w32_color_ref
;
1203 color_def
->red
= GetRValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1204 color_def
->green
= GetGValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1205 color_def
->blue
= GetBValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1215 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1216 suitable for screen F.
1217 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1221 x_decode_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, int def
)
1227 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg
), "black") == 0)
1228 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
);
1229 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg
), "white") == 0)
1230 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
);
1232 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_planes
* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_cbits
) == 1)
1235 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1236 by looking for a near-miss. */
1237 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SDATA (arg
), &cdef
, 1))
1240 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1246 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1247 to set individual parameters.
1249 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1250 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1251 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1252 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1255 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1257 struct w32_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.w32
;
1258 PIX_TYPE fg
, old_fg
;
1260 fg
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1261 old_fg
= FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1262 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
) = fg
;
1264 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1266 if (x
->cursor_pixel
== old_fg
)
1268 x
->cursor_pixel
= fg
;
1269 x
->cursor_gc
->background
= fg
;
1272 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qforeground_color
, arg
);
1273 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1279 x_set_background_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1281 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
1282 = x_decode_color (f
, arg
, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1284 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1286 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
,
1287 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1289 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qbackground_color
, arg
);
1291 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1297 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1299 Cursor cursor
, nontext_cursor
, mode_cursor
, hand_cursor
;
1303 if (!EQ (Qnil
, arg
))
1304 f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
1305 = x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1306 mask_color
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1308 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1309 if (mask_color
== f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
1310 && mask_color
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
))
1311 f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
= FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1313 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1316 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1317 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1319 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_pointer_shape
))
1321 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape
);
1322 cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape
));
1325 cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_xterm
);
1326 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1328 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
))
1330 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
);
1331 nontext_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1332 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
));
1335 nontext_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_left_ptr
);
1336 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1338 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
))
1340 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
);
1341 hourglass_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1342 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
));
1345 hourglass_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_watch
);
1346 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1348 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1349 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_mode_pointer_shape
))
1351 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape
);
1352 mode_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1353 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape
));
1356 mode_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_xterm
);
1357 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1359 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
))
1361 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
);
1363 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1364 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
));
1367 hand_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_crosshair
);
1369 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
))
1371 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
);
1372 horizontal_drag_cursor
1373 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1374 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
));
1377 horizontal_drag_cursor
1378 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
1380 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
))
1382 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
);
1383 vertical_drag_cursor
1384 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1385 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
));
1388 vertical_drag_cursor
1389 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
1391 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1392 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1393 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
1396 XColor fore_color
, back_color
;
1398 fore_color
.pixel
= f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
;
1399 back_color
.pixel
= mask_color
;
1400 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1401 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1402 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
))),
1404 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1405 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1406 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
))),
1408 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), cursor
,
1409 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1410 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), nontext_cursor
,
1411 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1412 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), mode_cursor
,
1413 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1414 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), hand_cursor
,
1415 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1416 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), hourglass_cursor
,
1417 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1420 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1421 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
1423 if (cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
!= 0)
1424 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
);
1425 f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
= cursor
;
1427 if (nontext_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
1428 && f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
1429 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
);
1430 f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
= nontext_cursor
;
1432 if (hourglass_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
1433 && f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
1434 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
1435 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
= hourglass_cursor
;
1437 if (mode_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
1438 && f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
1439 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
);
1440 f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
= mode_cursor
;
1442 if (hand_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
1443 && f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
1444 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
);
1445 f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
= hand_cursor
;
1447 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1450 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qmouse_color
, arg
);
1455 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1457 unsigned long fore_pixel
, pixel
;
1459 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
))
1460 fore_pixel
= x_decode_color (f
, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
,
1461 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1463 fore_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1465 pixel
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1467 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1468 if (pixel
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
))
1470 pixel
= f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
;
1471 if (pixel
== fore_pixel
)
1472 fore_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1475 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_foreground_pixel
= fore_pixel
;
1476 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
= pixel
;
1478 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1481 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1482 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
->foreground
= fore_pixel
;
1483 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
->background
= pixel
;
1487 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1489 x_update_cursor (f
, 0);
1490 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
1494 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qcursor_color
, arg
);
1497 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1498 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1502 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame
*f
, int pix
)
1505 f
->output_data
.w32
->border_pixel
= pix
;
1507 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0 && f
->border_width
> 0)
1509 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1514 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1515 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1516 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1517 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1518 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1521 x_set_border_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1526 pix
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1527 x_set_border_pixel (f
, pix
);
1528 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qborder_color
, arg
);
1533 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1535 set_frame_cursor_types (f
, arg
);
1539 x_set_icon_type (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1543 if (NILP (arg
) && NILP (oldval
))
1546 if (STRINGP (arg
) && STRINGP (oldval
)
1547 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval
, arg
), Qt
))
1550 if (SYMBOLP (arg
) && SYMBOLP (oldval
) && EQ (arg
, oldval
))
1555 result
= x_bitmap_icon (f
, arg
);
1559 error ("No icon window available");
1566 x_set_icon_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1570 if (STRINGP (oldval
) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval
, arg
), Qt
))
1573 else if (!NILP (arg
) || NILP (oldval
))
1576 fset_icon_name (f
, arg
);
1579 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->icon_bitmap
!= 0)
1584 result
= x_text_icon (f
,
1585 SSDATA ((!NILP (f
->icon_name
)
1594 error ("No icon window available");
1597 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1598 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1599 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1601 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1602 XtPopup (f
->output_data
.w32
->widget
, XtGrabNone
);
1604 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
1607 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1614 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1618 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1619 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1620 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1621 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1622 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
1625 if (INTEGERP (value
))
1626 nlines
= XINT (value
);
1630 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) = 0;
1631 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = 0;
1633 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) = 1;
1636 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) == 1)
1637 free_frame_menubar (f
);
1638 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) = 0;
1640 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1641 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1643 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
1644 do_pending_window_change (0);
1646 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
1650 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1651 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1652 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1653 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1654 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1655 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1658 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1660 int delta
, nlines
, root_height
;
1661 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
1663 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1664 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
1667 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1668 if (INTEGERP (value
) && XINT (value
) >= 0)
1669 nlines
= XFASTINT (value
);
1673 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1674 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 23;
1676 /* DELTA is in pixels now. */
1677 delta
= (nlines
- FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
)) * unit
;
1679 /* Don't resize the tool-bar to more than we have room for. Note: The
1680 calculations below and the subsequent call to resize_frame_windows
1681 are inherently flawed because they can make the toolbar higher than
1682 the containing frame. */
1685 root_height
= WINDOW_PIXEL_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
1686 if (root_height
- delta
< unit
)
1688 delta
= root_height
- unit
;
1689 /* When creating a new frame and toolbar mode is enabled, we
1690 need at least one toolbar line. */
1691 nlines
= max (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) + delta
/ unit
, 1);
1695 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) = nlines
;
1696 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = nlines
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
1697 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
1698 resize_frame_windows (f
, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
), 0, 1);
1699 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
1701 /* We also have to make sure that the internal border at the top of
1702 the frame, below the menu bar or tool bar, is redrawn when the
1703 tool bar disappears. This is so because the internal border is
1704 below the tool bar if one is displayed, but is below the menu bar
1705 if there isn't a tool bar. The tool bar draws into the area
1706 below the menu bar. */
1707 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) == 0)
1710 clear_current_matrices (f
);
1713 /* If the tool bar gets smaller, the internal border below it
1714 has to be cleared. It was formerly part of the display
1715 of the larger tool bar, and updating windows won't clear it. */
1716 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) != 0)
1718 int height
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1719 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1720 int y
= nlines
* unit
;
1721 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
1724 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
1725 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
1729 if (delta
< 0 && WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
1730 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->current_matrix
);
1732 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f
);
1736 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1739 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1740 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1741 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1743 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1744 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1745 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1748 x_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object name
, int explicit)
1750 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1751 Emacs redisplay code. */
1754 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1755 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1756 if (f
->explicit_name
&& NILP (name
))
1757 update_mode_lines
= 25;
1759 f
->explicit_name
= ! NILP (name
);
1761 else if (f
->explicit_name
)
1764 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1767 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1768 before we do any consing. */
1769 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_id_name
,
1772 name
= build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_id_name
);
1775 CHECK_STRING (name
);
1777 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1778 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name
, f
->name
)))
1781 fset_name (f
, name
);
1783 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1784 the name parameter. */
1785 if (! NILP (f
->title
))
1788 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
))
1791 GUI_FN (SetWindowText
) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
1792 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name
)));
1797 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1798 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1801 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1803 x_set_name (f
, arg
, 1);
1806 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1807 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1810 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1812 x_set_name (f
, arg
, 0);
1815 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1816 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1819 x_set_title (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object name
, Lisp_Object old_name
)
1821 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1822 if (EQ (name
, f
->title
))
1825 update_mode_lines
= 26;
1827 fset_title (f
, name
);
1832 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
))
1835 GUI_FN (SetWindowText
) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
1836 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name
)));
1842 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame
*f
)
1844 int unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
1846 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL
);
1847 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
1848 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
1852 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1855 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name
)
1857 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1858 Cursor cursor
= LoadImage ((HINSTANCE
) GetModuleHandle (NULL
),
1859 name
, IMAGE_CURSOR
, 0, 0,
1860 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR
| LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_SHARED
);
1863 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1864 cursor
= LoadImage (NULL
, name
, IMAGE_CURSOR
, 0, 0,
1865 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR
| LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_SHARED
);
1870 static LRESULT CALLBACK
w32_wnd_proc (HWND
, UINT
, WPARAM
, LPARAM
);
1872 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1873 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1874 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1875 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1876 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1877 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1878 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1879 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1880 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1881 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1884 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst
)
1886 if (w32_unicode_gui
)
1889 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc
);
1890 uwc
.lpszClassName
= L
"Emacs";
1892 return RegisterClassW (&uwc
);
1897 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc
);
1898 wc
.lpszClassName
= EMACS_CLASS
;
1900 return RegisterClassA (&wc
);
1905 w32_createscrollbar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
* bar
)
1907 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT
| WS_CHILD
| WS_VISIBLE
,
1908 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1909 bar
->left
, bar
->top
, bar
->width
, bar
->height
,
1910 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), NULL
, hinst
, NULL
);
1914 w32_createwindow (struct frame
*f
)
1918 Lisp_Object top
= Qunbound
;
1919 Lisp_Object left
= Qunbound
;
1920 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
1922 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
1923 rect
.right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1924 rect
.bottom
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1926 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
1927 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
1929 /* Do first time app init */
1931 w32_init_class (hinst
);
1933 if (f
->size_hint_flags
& USPosition
|| f
->size_hint_flags
& PPosition
)
1935 XSETINT (left
, f
->left_pos
);
1936 XSETINT (top
, f
->top_pos
);
1938 else if (EQ (left
, Qunbound
) && EQ (top
, Qunbound
))
1940 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, w32_get_arg will return zero
1941 for anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
1942 left
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, Qnil
, Qleft
, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
1943 top
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, Qnil
, Qtop
, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
1946 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) = hwnd
1947 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS
,
1949 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
| WS_CLIPCHILDREN
,
1950 EQ (left
, Qunbound
) ? CW_USEDEFAULT
: XINT (left
),
1951 EQ (top
, Qunbound
) ? CW_USEDEFAULT
: XINT (top
),
1952 rect
.right
- rect
.left
,
1953 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
1961 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
1962 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
1963 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
1964 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX
, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
1965 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1967 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
1968 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd
, TRUE
);
1970 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
1971 ShowWindow (hwnd
, SW_HIDE
);
1973 /* Update frame positions. */
1974 GetWindowRect (hwnd
, &rect
);
1975 f
->left_pos
= rect
.left
;
1976 f
->top_pos
= rect
.top
;
1981 my_post_msg (W32Msg
* wmsg
, HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
1983 wmsg
->msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
1984 wmsg
->msg
.message
= msg
;
1985 wmsg
->msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
1986 wmsg
->msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
1987 wmsg
->msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
1992 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
1993 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
1994 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
1995 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
1996 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
1997 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
1998 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
1999 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
2000 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
2001 on Swedish keyboards). */
2003 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
2004 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2005 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2006 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2008 static int modifiers
[4];
2009 static int modifiers_recorded
;
2010 static int modifier_key_support_tested
;
2013 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam
)
2017 if (wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
)
2019 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2029 if (!(GetKeyState (l
) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r
) & 0x8000))
2030 modifiers_recorded
= 1;
2032 modifiers_recorded
= 0;
2033 modifier_key_support_tested
= 1;
2037 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2041 if (!modifier_key_support_tested
)
2042 test_modifier_support (wparam
);
2044 if ((wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
) || !modifiers_recorded
)
2047 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2048 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL
: EMACS_LCONTROL
;
2050 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU
: EMACS_LMENU
;
2056 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2060 if ((wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
) || !modifiers_recorded
)
2063 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2064 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL
: EMACS_LCONTROL
;
2066 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU
: EMACS_LMENU
;
2071 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2072 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2073 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2075 reset_modifiers (void)
2079 if (GetFocus () == NULL
)
2080 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2083 ctrl
= GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL
);
2084 alt
= GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU
);
2086 if (!(ctrl
& 0x08000))
2087 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2088 modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
] = 0;
2090 if (!(alt
& 0x08000))
2091 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2092 modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
] = 0;
2094 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2095 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2096 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2100 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2102 GetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2103 keystate
[VK_SHIFT
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT
);
2104 keystate
[VK_CONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL
);
2105 keystate
[VK_LCONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL
);
2106 keystate
[VK_RCONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL
);
2107 keystate
[VK_MENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU
);
2108 keystate
[VK_LMENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU
);
2109 keystate
[VK_RMENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU
);
2110 keystate
[VK_LWIN
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN
);
2111 keystate
[VK_RWIN
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN
);
2112 keystate
[VK_APPS
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS
);
2113 SetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2117 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2118 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2119 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2120 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2122 sync_modifiers (void)
2124 if (!modifiers_recorded
)
2127 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL
) & 0x8000))
2128 modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
] = 0;
2130 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU
) & 0x8000))
2131 modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
] = 0;
2135 modifier_set (int vkey
)
2137 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2138 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2139 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2140 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2141 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2142 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2143 if (vkey
== VK_CAPITAL
)
2145 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
2148 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x1);
2150 if (vkey
== VK_SCROLL
)
2152 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
)
2153 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2154 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2155 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qhyper
)
2156 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qsuper
)
2157 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qmeta
)
2158 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qalt
)
2159 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qcontrol
)
2160 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qshift
)))
2163 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x1);
2166 if (!modifiers_recorded
)
2167 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x8000);
2172 return modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
];
2174 return modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
];
2176 return modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
];
2178 return modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
];
2180 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x8000);
2183 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2187 w32_key_to_modifier (int key
)
2189 Lisp_Object key_mapping
;
2194 key_mapping
= Vw32_lwindow_modifier
;
2197 key_mapping
= Vw32_rwindow_modifier
;
2200 key_mapping
= Vw32_apps_modifier
;
2203 key_mapping
= Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
;
2209 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2210 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2211 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2212 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2213 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2215 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qhyper
))
2216 return hyper_modifier
;
2217 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qsuper
))
2218 return super_modifier
;
2219 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qmeta
))
2220 return meta_modifier
;
2221 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qalt
))
2222 return alt_modifier
;
2223 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qctrl
))
2224 return ctrl_modifier
;
2225 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qcontrol
)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2226 return ctrl_modifier
;
2227 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qshift
))
2228 return shift_modifier
;
2230 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2235 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2237 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
) ? shift_modifier
: 0) |
2238 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0) |
2239 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN
) : 0) |
2240 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN
) : 0) |
2241 (modifier_set (VK_APPS
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS
) : 0) |
2242 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL
) : 0) |
2243 (modifier_set (VK_MENU
) ?
2244 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
)) ? alt_modifier
: meta_modifier
) : 0));
2247 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2248 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2249 and window input. */
2252 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2257 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED
: 0;
2258 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL
)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON
: 0;
2259 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL
)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON
: 0;
2260 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK
)) ? NUMLOCK_ON
: 0;
2261 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL
)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0;
2262 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL
)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0;
2263 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU
)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0;
2264 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU
)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0;
2265 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN
)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED
: 0;
2266 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN
)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED
: 0;
2267 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_APPS
)) ? APPS_PRESSED
: 0;
2273 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2277 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2278 mods
= w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam
);
2284 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key
, unsigned int extended
)
2286 if (virt_key
< VK_CLEAR
|| virt_key
> VK_DELETE
)
2289 if (virt_key
== VK_RETURN
)
2290 return (extended
? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER
: VK_RETURN
);
2292 if (virt_key
>= VK_PRIOR
&& virt_key
<= VK_DOWN
)
2293 return (!extended
? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
+ (virt_key
- VK_PRIOR
)) : virt_key
);
2295 if (virt_key
== VK_INSERT
|| virt_key
== VK_DELETE
)
2296 return (!extended
? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT
+ (virt_key
- VK_INSERT
)) : virt_key
);
2298 if (virt_key
== VK_CLEAR
)
2299 return (!extended
? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR
: virt_key
);
2304 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2305 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2306 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2307 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2308 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys
;
2310 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2311 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2312 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2313 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2315 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2316 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2317 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2319 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2320 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2321 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2324 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd
)
2326 Lisp_Object keylist
;
2328 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2329 for (keylist
= w32_grabbed_keys
; CONSP (keylist
); keylist
= XCDR (keylist
))
2331 Lisp_Object key
= XCAR (keylist
);
2333 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2334 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
2337 RegisterHotKey (hwnd
, HOTKEY_ID (key
),
2338 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key
), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key
));
2343 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd
)
2345 Lisp_Object keylist
;
2347 for (keylist
= w32_grabbed_keys
; CONSP (keylist
); keylist
= XCDR (keylist
))
2349 Lisp_Object key
= XCAR (keylist
);
2351 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
2354 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd
, HOTKEY_ID (key
));
2360 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg
)
2363 static char buf
[64];
2364 static const struct {
2368 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2376 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
),
2378 M (WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR
),
2379 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
),
2380 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
),
2381 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
),
2382 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU
),
2383 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS
),
2384 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
),
2385 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE
),
2386 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT
),
2387 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
),
2388 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
),
2389 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
),
2390 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET
),
2391 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET
),
2392 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET
),
2393 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET
),
2394 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR
),
2401 for (i
= 0; msgnames
[i
].name
; ++i
)
2402 if (msgnames
[i
].msg
== msg
)
2403 return msgnames
[i
].name
;
2405 sprintf (buf
, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg
);
2408 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2410 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2411 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2412 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2414 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2415 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2416 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2417 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2418 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2420 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2421 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2422 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2423 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2425 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2426 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2427 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2428 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2429 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2430 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2433 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2434 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2438 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2441 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg
* msg_buf
)
2447 msh_mousewheel
= RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL
);
2449 while ((w32_unicode_gui
? GetMessageW
: GetMessageA
) (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0))
2452 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2453 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2455 if (msg
.hwnd
== NULL
)
2457 switch (msg
.message
)
2460 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2462 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
:
2463 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2464 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2465 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2466 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2467 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2468 and older versions will never be patched. */
2469 CoInitialize (NULL
);
2470 w32_createwindow ((struct frame
*) msg
.wParam
);
2471 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2474 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE
:
2475 SetThreadLocale (msg
.wParam
);
2476 /* Reply is not expected. */
2478 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT
:
2479 result
= (WPARAM
) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL
) msg
.wParam
, 0);
2480 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
,
2484 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
:
2485 focus_window
= GetFocus ();
2486 if (focus_window
!= NULL
)
2487 RegisterHotKey (focus_window
,
2488 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg
.wParam
),
2489 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg
.wParam
),
2490 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg
.wParam
));
2491 /* Reply is not expected. */
2493 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
:
2494 focus_window
= GetFocus ();
2495 if (focus_window
!= NULL
)
2496 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window
, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg
.wParam
));
2497 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2498 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2499 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2501 XSETCAR (XIL ((EMACS_INT
) msg
.lParam
), Qnil
);
2502 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2505 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
:
2507 int vk_code
= (int) msg
.wParam
;
2508 int cur_state
= (GetKeyState (vk_code
) & 1);
2509 Lisp_Object new_state
= XIL ((EMACS_INT
) msg
.lParam
);
2511 /* NB: This code must be thread-safe. It is safe to
2512 call NILP because symbols are not relocated by GC,
2513 and pointer here is not touched by GC (so the markbit
2514 can't be set). Numbers are safe because they are
2515 immediate values. */
2516 if (NILP (new_state
)
2517 || (NUMBERP (new_state
)
2518 && ((XUINT (new_state
)) & 1) != cur_state
))
2520 one_w32_display_info
.faked_key
= vk_code
;
2522 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2523 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2524 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
2525 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2526 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2527 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
2528 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2529 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2530 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
2531 cur_state
= !cur_state
;
2533 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
,
2539 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2540 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2542 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg
.message
));
2548 if (w32_unicode_gui
)
2549 DispatchMessageW (&msg
);
2551 DispatchMessageA (&msg
);
2554 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2555 if (msg_buf
->completed
)
2560 deferred_msg
* deferred_msg_head
;
2562 static deferred_msg
*
2563 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
)
2565 deferred_msg
* item
;
2567 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2568 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2569 /* enter_crit (); */
2571 for (item
= deferred_msg_head
; item
!= NULL
; item
= item
->next
)
2572 if (item
->w32msg
.msg
.hwnd
== hwnd
2573 && item
->w32msg
.msg
.message
== msg
)
2576 /* leave_crit (); */
2582 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg
* msg_buf
,
2588 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2589 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId
)
2592 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2593 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
) != NULL
)
2596 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2597 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2598 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2599 input thread can call us). */
2601 /* enter_crit (); */
2603 msg_buf
->completed
= 0;
2604 msg_buf
->next
= deferred_msg_head
;
2605 deferred_msg_head
= msg_buf
;
2606 my_post_msg (&msg_buf
->w32msg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2608 /* leave_crit (); */
2610 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2611 this one is completed. */
2612 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf
);
2614 deferred_msg_head
= msg_buf
->next
;
2616 return msg_buf
->result
;
2620 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, LRESULT result
)
2622 deferred_msg
* msg_buf
= find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
);
2624 if (msg_buf
== NULL
)
2625 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2628 msg_buf
->result
= result
;
2629 msg_buf
->completed
= 1;
2631 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2632 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_NULL
, 0, 0);
2636 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2638 deferred_msg
* item
;
2640 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2641 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2642 /* enter_crit (); */
2644 for (item
= deferred_msg_head
; item
!= NULL
; item
= item
->next
)
2647 item
->completed
= 1;
2650 /* leave_crit (); */
2652 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2653 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_NULL
, 0, 0);
2657 w32_msg_worker (void *arg
)
2660 deferred_msg dummy_buf
;
2662 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2664 PeekMessage (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE
);
2666 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2669 memset (&dummy_buf
, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf
));
2670 dummy_buf
.w32msg
.msg
.hwnd
= NULL
;
2671 dummy_buf
.w32msg
.msg
.message
= WM_NULL
;
2673 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2674 application quits. */
2675 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf
);
2681 signal_user_input (void)
2683 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2684 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input
))
2686 Vquit_flag
= Vthrow_on_input
;
2687 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2688 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2689 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2691 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2693 if (immediate_quit
&& NILP (Vinhibit_quit
))
2704 post_character_message (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
,
2705 WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
,
2710 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= modifiers
;
2712 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2713 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2714 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2715 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2716 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2717 message that has no particular effect. */
2720 if (isalpha (c
) && wmsg
.dwModifiers
== ctrl_modifier
)
2721 c
= make_ctrl_char (c
) & 0377;
2723 || (wmsg
.dwModifiers
== 0
2724 && w32_quit_key
&& wParam
== w32_quit_key
))
2728 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2729 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2732 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2735 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2736 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2737 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2738 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2739 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2740 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2741 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2742 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2743 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2744 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2745 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2746 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2747 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2748 the lisp thread to respond.
2750 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2751 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2752 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2753 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2754 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2757 signal_user_input ();
2760 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2763 /* Main window procedure */
2765 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2766 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
2769 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
2771 int windows_translate
;
2774 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2775 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2776 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2777 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2778 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2780 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2781 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2782 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2783 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2784 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2786 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2787 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2788 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2793 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
2796 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
2797 GetUpdateRect (hwnd
, &wmsg
.rect
, FALSE
);
2798 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &wmsg
.rect
);
2799 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
2801 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2802 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2804 wmsg
.rect
.left
, wmsg
.rect
.top
,
2805 wmsg
.rect
.right
, wmsg
.rect
.bottom
));
2806 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2809 case WM_PALETTECHANGED
:
2810 /* ignore our own changes */
2811 if ((HWND
)wParam
!= hwnd
)
2813 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
2815 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2816 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2817 release_frame_dc (f
, get_frame_dc (f
));
2822 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct
;
2824 memset (&update_rect
, 0, sizeof (update_rect
));
2826 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
2829 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd
));
2833 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2834 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2836 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd
, &update_rect
, FALSE
) || !w32_strict_painting
)
2839 BeginPaint (hwnd
, &paintStruct
);
2841 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2842 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2844 UnionRect (&(wmsg
.rect
), &update_rect
, &(paintStruct
.rcPaint
));
2846 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2847 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2849 wmsg
.rect
.left
, wmsg
.rect
.top
,
2850 wmsg
.rect
.right
, wmsg
.rect
.bottom
));
2851 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2852 update_rect
.left
, update_rect
.top
,
2853 update_rect
.right
, update_rect
.bottom
));
2855 EndPaint (hwnd
, &paintStruct
);
2858 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2859 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2860 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2861 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2862 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2863 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_EMACS_PAINT
, wParam
, lParam
);
2868 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2869 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2870 GetClientRect (hwnd
, &wmsg
.rect
);
2871 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2875 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE
:
2876 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2877 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2879 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2880 preserve modifier key states. */
2885 GetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2886 for (i
= 0; i
< 256; i
++)
2903 SetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2908 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2909 PostMessage (hwnd
, WM_KEYDOWN
, HIWORD (lParam
), 0);
2914 record_keyup (wParam
, lParam
);
2919 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2920 if (dpyinfo
->faked_key
== wParam
)
2922 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= 0;
2923 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2924 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2925 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2927 if (wParam
< 256 && lispy_function_keys
[wParam
])
2929 windows_translate
= 1;
2935 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2937 record_keydown (wParam
, lParam
);
2938 wParam
= map_keypad_keys (wParam
, (lParam
& 0x1000000L
) != 0);
2940 windows_translate
= 0;
2945 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
))
2947 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2948 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2949 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2950 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam
) & 1)
2952 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code
))
2953 key
= XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
) & 255;
2956 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= key
;
2957 keybd_event (key
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (key
, 0), 0, 0);
2960 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier
))
2964 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
))
2966 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam
) & 1)
2968 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code
))
2969 key
= XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
) & 255;
2972 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= key
;
2973 keybd_event (key
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (key
, 0), 0, 0);
2976 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier
))
2980 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier
))
2984 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
))
2985 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
2986 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
2988 windows_translate
= 1;
2991 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2992 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
2993 goto disable_lock_key
;
2994 windows_translate
= 1;
2997 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2998 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock
))
2999 goto disable_lock_key
;
3000 windows_translate
= 1;
3003 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3004 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
))
3005 goto disable_lock_key
;
3006 windows_translate
= 1;
3009 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3010 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3011 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3012 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3013 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= wParam
;
3014 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3015 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
3016 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3017 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
3018 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3019 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
3020 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3021 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3023 post_character_message (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
,
3024 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
3025 windows_translate
= 1;
3029 case VK_PROCESSKEY
: /* Generated by IME. */
3030 windows_translate
= 1;
3033 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3034 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3035 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3039 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3040 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3041 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3042 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3043 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3044 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock
) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL
))
3045 wParam
= VK_NUMLOCK
;
3048 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3049 if (wParam
> 255 || !lispy_function_keys
[wParam
])
3051 DWORD modifiers
= construct_console_modifiers ();
3053 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
3054 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL
) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU
))
3056 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3057 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3058 chords correctly. */
3059 windows_translate
= 1;
3061 else if ((modifiers
& (~SHIFT_PRESSED
& ~CAPSLOCK_ON
)) != 0)
3063 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3064 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3065 modifier information as possible. */
3066 if ('A' <= wParam
&& wParam
<= 'Z')
3068 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3069 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3070 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3071 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3072 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3073 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
))
3074 wParam
+= ('a' - 'A');
3079 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3080 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3083 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key
;
3085 key
.bKeyDown
= TRUE
;
3086 key
.wRepeatCount
= 1;
3087 key
.wVirtualKeyCode
= wParam
;
3088 key
.wVirtualScanCode
= (lParam
& 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3089 key
.uChar
.AsciiChar
= 0;
3090 key
.dwControlKeyState
= modifiers
;
3092 add
= w32_kbd_patch_key (&key
, w32_keyboard_codepage
);
3093 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3094 dead key. Ignore both. */
3097 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3098 post_character_message
3100 (unsigned char) key
.uChar
.AsciiChar
, lParam
,
3101 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
3102 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key
, w32_keyboard_codepage
);
3109 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3110 windows_translate
= 1;
3116 if (windows_translate
)
3118 MSG windows_msg
= { hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
, 0, {0,0} };
3119 windows_msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
3120 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg
);
3132 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
3133 signal_user_input ();
3134 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_UNICHAR
, wParam
, lParam
);
3138 post_character_message (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
,
3139 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
3143 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3144 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3145 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3146 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3147 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3149 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3150 documentation though, so handle it here.
3152 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3153 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3154 if (wParam
== UNICODE_NOCHAR
)
3159 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
3160 signal_user_input ();
3161 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3166 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3167 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3169 if (!get_composition_string_fn
)
3172 else if (!ignore_ime_char
)
3177 HIMC context
= get_ime_context_fn (hwnd
);
3178 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
3179 /* Get buffer size. */
3180 size
= get_composition_string_fn (context
, GCS_RESULTSTR
, NULL
, 0);
3181 buffer
= alloca (size
);
3182 size
= get_composition_string_fn (context
, GCS_RESULTSTR
,
3184 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd
, context
);
3186 signal_user_input ();
3187 for (i
= 0; i
< size
/ sizeof (wchar_t); i
++)
3189 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_UNICHAR
, (WPARAM
) buffer
[i
],
3192 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3193 characters in the string that was output above. */
3194 ignore_ime_char
= (size
/ sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3201 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION
:
3202 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn
)
3206 COMPOSITIONFORM form
;
3210 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3211 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3212 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3213 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3214 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3215 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3216 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3217 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3218 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3219 field being reset to nil. */
3220 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3221 if (!(f
&& FRAME_LIVE_P (f
)))
3223 w
= XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
));
3224 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3226 if (w
!= w32_system_caret_window
)
3229 form
.dwStyle
= CFS_RECT
;
3230 form
.ptCurrentPos
.x
= w32_system_caret_x
;
3231 form
.ptCurrentPos
.y
= w32_system_caret_y
;
3233 form
.rcArea
.left
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
3234 form
.rcArea
.top
= (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
)
3235 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height
);
3236 form
.rcArea
.right
= (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w
)
3237 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w
)
3238 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
));
3239 form
.rcArea
.bottom
= (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w
)
3240 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
)
3241 - w32_system_caret_mode_height
);
3243 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3244 if (!BUFFERP (w
->contents
))
3247 context
= get_ime_context_fn (hwnd
);
3252 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context
, &form
);
3253 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd
, context
);
3257 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION
:
3258 ignore_ime_char
= 0;
3261 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3262 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3263 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN
:
3264 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN
:
3265 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons
> 2)
3266 goto handle_plain_button
;
3269 int this = (msg
== WM_LBUTTONDOWN
) ? LMOUSE
: RMOUSE
;
3270 int other
= (msg
== WM_LBUTTONDOWN
) ? RMOUSE
: LMOUSE
;
3272 if (button_state
& this)
3275 if (button_state
== 0)
3278 button_state
|= this;
3280 if (button_state
& other
)
3282 if (mouse_button_timer
)
3284 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
3285 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
3287 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3288 msg
= WM_MBUTTONDOWN
;
3289 button_state
|= MMOUSE
;
3291 else if (button_state
& MMOUSE
)
3293 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3294 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3295 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3296 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3301 /* Flush out saved message. */
3302 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
3304 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3305 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3306 signal_user_input ();
3308 /* Clear message buffer. */
3309 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3313 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3314 mouse_button_timer
=
3315 SetTimer (hwnd
, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID
,
3316 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
, NULL
);
3317 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
3318 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.message
= msg
;
3319 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
3320 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
3321 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
3322 saved_mouse_button_msg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3329 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons
> 2)
3330 goto handle_plain_button
;
3333 int this = (msg
== WM_LBUTTONUP
) ? LMOUSE
: RMOUSE
;
3334 int other
= (msg
== WM_LBUTTONUP
) ? RMOUSE
: LMOUSE
;
3336 if ((button_state
& this) == 0)
3339 button_state
&= ~this;
3341 if (button_state
& MMOUSE
)
3343 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3344 if ((button_state
& other
) == 0)
3347 button_state
&= ~MMOUSE
;
3349 if (button_state
) emacs_abort ();
3356 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3357 if (saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
3359 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
3362 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3363 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3364 signal_user_input ();
3366 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3367 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3368 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
3369 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
3371 if (button_state
== 0)
3376 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN
:
3378 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
)
3380 /* else fall through and process them. */
3381 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN
:
3383 handle_plain_button
:
3388 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3389 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3390 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
)
3393 if (parse_button (msg
, HIWORD (wParam
), &button
, &up
))
3395 if (up
) ReleaseCapture ();
3396 else SetCapture (hwnd
);
3397 button
= (button
== 0) ? LMOUSE
:
3398 ((button
== 1) ? MMOUSE
: RMOUSE
);
3400 button_state
&= ~button
;
3402 button_state
|= button
;
3406 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3407 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3408 signal_user_input ();
3410 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3411 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3412 return (msg
== WM_XBUTTONDOWN
|| msg
== WM_XBUTTONUP
);
3415 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3416 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3417 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3418 underlying frame. */
3419 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3420 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
)
3423 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3424 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3425 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3426 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3427 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3428 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3429 if (track_mouse_event_fn
&& !track_mouse_window
3430 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3431 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3432 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3433 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3434 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3435 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3436 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3437 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3438 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3439 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3440 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3443 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme
;
3444 tme
.cbSize
= sizeof (tme
);
3445 tme
.dwFlags
= TME_LEAVE
;
3446 tme
.hwndTrack
= hwnd
;
3448 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme
);
3449 track_mouse_window
= hwnd
;
3452 if (w32_mouse_move_interval
<= 0
3453 || (msg
== WM_MOUSEMOVE
&& button_state
== 0))
3455 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3456 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3460 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3461 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3462 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3463 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3465 if (saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
== 0)
3467 SetTimer (hwnd
, MOUSE_MOVE_ID
,
3468 w32_mouse_move_interval
, NULL
);
3470 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3471 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
3472 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.message
= msg
;
3473 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
3474 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
3475 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
3476 saved_mouse_move_msg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3482 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3483 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3484 signal_user_input ();
3488 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
)
3490 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3491 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL
:
3492 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3493 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3494 signal_user_input ();
3495 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3496 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3497 scroll bar events. */
3501 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3502 if (wParam
== mouse_button_timer
)
3504 if (saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
3506 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
3507 signal_user_input ();
3508 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3510 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
3511 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
3513 else if (wParam
== mouse_move_timer
)
3515 if (saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
3517 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg
);
3518 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3520 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_move_timer
);
3521 mouse_move_timer
= 0;
3523 else if (wParam
== menu_free_timer
)
3525 KillTimer (hwnd
, menu_free_timer
);
3526 menu_free_timer
= 0;
3527 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3528 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3530 && current_popup_menu
== NULL
)
3532 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3533 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd
);
3535 f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
= 0;
3542 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3543 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3544 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3545 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3546 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3553 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3554 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3555 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3556 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3557 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3559 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3560 loop that can process all other messages.
3562 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3563 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3564 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3565 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3566 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3569 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3571 && (f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
3572 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3573 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3574 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3575 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3576 had requested it to be turned off! */
3577 || f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_widget
== NULL
))
3581 deferred_msg msg_buf
;
3583 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3584 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3585 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
) != NULL
)
3590 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3593 case WM_EXITMENULOOP
:
3594 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3596 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3597 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3598 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3599 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3600 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3602 if (f
&& menubar_in_use
&& current_popup_menu
== NULL
)
3603 menu_free_timer
= SetTimer (hwnd
, MENU_FREE_ID
, MENU_FREE_DELAY
, NULL
);
3605 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3606 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
)
3607 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
3612 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3613 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3616 HMENU menu
= (HMENU
) lParam
;
3617 UINT menu_item
= (UINT
) LOWORD (wParam
);
3618 UINT flags
= (UINT
) HIWORD (wParam
);
3620 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd
, menu
, menu_item
, flags
);
3624 case WM_MEASUREITEM
:
3625 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3628 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT
* pMis
= (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT
*) lParam
;
3630 if (pMis
->CtlType
== ODT_MENU
)
3632 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3633 char * title
= (char *) pMis
->itemData
;
3634 HDC hdc
= GetDC (hwnd
);
3635 HFONT menu_font
= GetCurrentObject (hdc
, OBJ_FONT
);
3636 LOGFONT menu_logfont
;
3640 GetObject (menu_font
, sizeof (menu_logfont
), &menu_logfont
);
3641 menu_logfont
.lfWeight
= FW_BOLD
;
3642 menu_font
= CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont
);
3643 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, menu_font
);
3645 pMis
->itemHeight
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE
);
3648 if (unicode_append_menu
)
3649 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc
, (WCHAR
*) title
,
3650 wcslen ((WCHAR
*) title
),
3653 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc
, title
, strlen (title
), &size
);
3655 pMis
->itemWidth
= size
.cx
;
3656 if (pMis
->itemHeight
< size
.cy
)
3657 pMis
->itemHeight
= size
.cy
;
3660 pMis
->itemWidth
= 0;
3662 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
3663 DeleteObject (menu_font
);
3664 ReleaseDC (hwnd
, hdc
);
3671 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3674 DRAWITEMSTRUCT
* pDis
= (DRAWITEMSTRUCT
*) lParam
;
3676 if (pDis
->CtlType
== ODT_MENU
)
3678 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3679 char * title
= (char *) pDis
->itemData
;
3682 HDC hdc
= pDis
->hDC
;
3683 HFONT menu_font
= GetCurrentObject (hdc
, OBJ_FONT
);
3684 LOGFONT menu_logfont
;
3687 GetObject (menu_font
, sizeof (menu_logfont
), &menu_logfont
);
3688 menu_logfont
.lfWeight
= FW_BOLD
;
3689 menu_font
= CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont
);
3690 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, menu_font
);
3692 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3693 if (unicode_append_menu
)
3696 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK
),
3698 ETO_OPAQUE
, &pDis
->rcItem
,
3700 wcslen ((WCHAR
*) title
), NULL
);
3704 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK
),
3706 ETO_OPAQUE
, &pDis
->rcItem
,
3707 title
, strlen (title
), NULL
);
3709 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
3710 DeleteObject (menu_font
);
3718 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3719 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3720 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3721 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3722 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE
:
3723 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3724 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3725 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3726 if (LOWORD (lParam
) == HTCLIENT
)
3727 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT
;
3732 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3733 track_mouse_window
= NULL
;
3735 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP
:
3737 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED
:
3739 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3740 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3741 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3745 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= 0;
3747 register_hot_keys (hwnd
);
3750 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd
);
3753 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3754 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
)
3756 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
3757 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
3763 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3764 if (f
&& HIWORD (wParam
) == 0)
3766 if (menu_free_timer
)
3768 KillTimer (hwnd
, menu_free_timer
);
3769 menu_free_timer
= 0;
3775 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3776 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3784 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3785 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3788 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING
:
3789 /* Don't restrict the sizing of tip frames. */
3790 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
|| hwnd
== tip_window
)
3793 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3794 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3795 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3796 if (f
&& FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f
) != FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
3801 LPWINDOWPOS lppos
= (WINDOWPOS
*) lParam
;
3803 wp
.length
= sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT
);
3804 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd
, &wp
);
3806 if (wp
.showCmd
!= SW_SHOWMINIMIZED
&& (lppos
->flags
& SWP_NOSIZE
) == 0)
3813 DWORD internal_border
;
3814 DWORD scrollbar_extra
;
3817 wp
.length
= sizeof (wp
);
3818 GetWindowRect (hwnd
, &wr
);
3822 font_width
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
);
3823 line_height
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
);
3824 internal_border
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
);
3825 scrollbar_extra
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX
);
3829 memset (&rect
, 0, sizeof (rect
));
3830 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, GetWindowLong (hwnd
, GWL_STYLE
),
3831 GetMenu (hwnd
) != NULL
);
3833 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3834 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3835 wdiff
= (lppos
->cx
- (rect
.right
- rect
.left
)
3836 - 2 * internal_border
- scrollbar_extra
)
3838 hdiff
= (lppos
->cy
- (rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
)
3839 - 2 * internal_border
)
3844 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3845 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3846 and Y positions as well. */
3848 int cx_mintrack
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK
);
3849 int cy_mintrack
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK
);
3851 lppos
->cx
= max (lppos
->cx
- wdiff
, cx_mintrack
);
3852 lppos
->cy
= max (lppos
->cy
- hdiff
, cy_mintrack
);
3854 if (wp
.showCmd
!= SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3855 && (lppos
->flags
& SWP_NOMOVE
) == 0)
3857 if (lppos
->x
!= wr
.left
|| lppos
->y
!= wr
.top
)
3864 lppos
->flags
|= SWP_NOMOVE
;
3875 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO
:
3876 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3877 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3878 ((LPMINMAXINFO
) lParam
)->ptMaxTrackSize
.x
= 32767;
3879 ((LPMINMAXINFO
) lParam
)->ptMaxTrackSize
.y
= 32767;
3883 if (LOWORD (lParam
) == HTCLIENT
)
3885 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3886 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
3887 && !menubar_in_use
&& !current_popup_menu
)
3888 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
3890 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
);
3895 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR
:
3897 Cursor cursor
= (Cursor
) wParam
;
3898 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3901 f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
3902 if (!f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
)
3908 case WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR
:
3909 return (LRESULT
) w32_createscrollbar ((struct frame
*) wParam
,
3910 (struct scroll_bar
*) lParam
);
3912 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
:
3913 return ShowWindow ((HWND
) wParam
, (WPARAM
) lParam
);
3915 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP
:
3916 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
:
3918 HWND foreground_window
;
3919 DWORD foreground_thread
, retval
;
3921 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3922 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3923 pull the focus away from it. */
3924 foreground_window
= GetForegroundWindow ();
3925 foreground_thread
= GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window
, NULL
);
3926 if (!foreground_window
3927 || foreground_thread
== GetCurrentThreadId ()
3928 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3929 foreground_thread
, TRUE
))
3930 foreground_thread
= 0;
3932 retval
= SetForegroundWindow ((HWND
) wParam
);
3933 if (msg
== WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP
)
3934 retval
= BringWindowToTop ((HWND
) wParam
);
3936 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3937 if (foreground_thread
)
3938 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3939 foreground_thread
, FALSE
);
3944 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
:
3946 WINDOWPOS
* pos
= (WINDOWPOS
*) wParam
;
3947 return SetWindowPos (hwnd
, pos
->hwndInsertAfter
,
3948 pos
->x
, pos
->y
, pos
->cx
, pos
->cy
, pos
->flags
);
3951 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
:
3952 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND
) wParam
, FALSE
);
3953 return DestroyWindow ((HWND
) wParam
);
3955 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET
:
3956 return HideCaret (hwnd
);
3958 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET
:
3959 return ShowCaret (hwnd
);
3961 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET
:
3962 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
3963 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
3964 return DestroyCaret ();
3966 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET
:
3967 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
3968 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
== NULL
)
3970 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
3971 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
3972 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= hwnd
;
3973 CreateCaret (hwnd
, NULL
, 0,
3974 w32_system_caret_height
);
3977 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x
, w32_system_caret_y
))
3979 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
3980 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
3981 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
!= hwnd
)
3983 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= hwnd
;
3984 return ShowCaret (hwnd
);
3986 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
3987 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
3988 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
)
3990 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
3991 return HideCaret (hwnd
);
3996 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU
:
4001 pos
= (POINT
*)lParam
;
4002 flags
= TPM_CENTERALIGN
;
4003 if (button_state
& LMOUSE
)
4004 flags
|= TPM_LEFTBUTTON
;
4005 else if (button_state
& RMOUSE
)
4006 flags
|= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON
;
4008 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4009 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4013 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4014 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4015 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4017 f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
= 1;
4019 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU
)wParam
, flags
, pos
->x
, pos
->y
,
4023 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4024 while (PeekMessage (&amsg
, hwnd
, WM_MOUSEFIRST
, WM_MOUSELAST
,
4026 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4027 if (PeekMessage (&amsg
, hwnd
, WM_COMMAND
, WM_COMMAND
, PM_REMOVE
))
4029 retval
= LOWORD (amsg
.wParam
);
4043 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY
:
4044 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4048 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4049 if (msg
== msh_mousewheel
)
4051 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4052 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4053 signal_user_input ();
4058 return (w32_unicode_gui
? DefWindowProcW
: DefWindowProcA
) (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4061 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4066 my_create_window (struct frame
* f
)
4070 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
, (WPARAM
)f
, 0))
4072 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
4076 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4077 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4078 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4079 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4081 my_create_tip_window (struct frame
*f
)
4085 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
4086 rect
.right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
4087 rect
.bottom
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
4089 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
4090 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
4092 tip_window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
)
4093 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS
,
4095 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
4098 rect
.right
- rect
.left
,
4099 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
4100 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4107 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
4108 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
4109 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
4110 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
4112 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4113 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX
, 0);
4115 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4116 ShowWindow (tip_window
, SW_HIDE
);
4121 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4124 w32_window (struct frame
*f
, long window_prompting
, int minibuffer_only
)
4128 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4129 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4130 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4132 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4133 f
->namebuf
= xstrdup (SSDATA (Vx_resource_name
));
4135 my_create_window (f
);
4137 validate_x_resource_name ();
4139 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4140 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4141 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4142 the server hasn't been told. */
4145 int explicit = f
->explicit_name
;
4147 f
->explicit_name
= 0;
4149 fset_name (f
, Qnil
);
4150 x_set_name (f
, name
, explicit);
4155 if (!minibuffer_only
&& FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
4156 initialize_frame_menubar (f
);
4158 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
4159 error ("Unable to create window");
4162 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4163 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4167 x_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object parms
)
4169 Lisp_Object icon_x
, icon_y
;
4170 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
4172 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4173 icons in the tray. */
4174 icon_x
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qicon_left
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4175 icon_y
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qicon_top
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4176 if (!EQ (icon_x
, Qunbound
) && !EQ (icon_y
, Qunbound
))
4178 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x
);
4179 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y
);
4181 else if (!EQ (icon_x
, Qunbound
) || !EQ (icon_y
, Qunbound
))
4182 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4187 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4188 x_wm_set_window_state
4189 (f
, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qvisibility
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
), Qicon
)
4193 x_text_icon (f
, SSDATA ((!NILP (f
->icon_name
)
4203 x_make_gc (struct frame
*f
)
4205 XGCValues gc_values
;
4209 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4210 Note that many default values are used. */
4213 gc_values
.font
= FRAME_FONT (f
);
4215 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4216 gc_values
.foreground
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4217 gc_values
.background
= f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
;
4218 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
4219 = XCreateGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
4220 (GCFont
| GCForeground
| GCBackground
),
4224 f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
4225 f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
4231 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4232 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4236 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
4238 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
4240 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4241 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame
, Vframe_list
)))
4244 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
4247 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
4251 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4252 eassert (dpyinfo
->reference_count
== dpyinfo_refcount
);
4253 eassert ((dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
== NULL
4254 && image_cache_refcount
== 0)
4255 || dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
->refcount
== image_cache_refcount
);
4264 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
4266 unwind_create_frame (frame
);
4270 unwind_create_frame_1 (Lisp_Object val
)
4272 inhibit_lisp_code
= val
;
4276 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object parms
)
4278 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
4279 Lisp_Object font_param
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qfont
, NULL
, NULL
,
4282 if (EQ (font_param
, Qunbound
))
4284 font
= !NILP (font_param
) ? font_param
4285 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qfont
, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4287 if (!STRINGP (font
))
4290 static char *names
[]
4291 = { "Courier New-10",
4292 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4293 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4297 for (i
= 0; names
[i
]; i
++)
4299 font
= font_open_by_name (f
, build_unibyte_string (names
[i
]));
4304 error ("No suitable font was found");
4306 else if (!NILP (font_param
))
4308 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4309 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4310 x_set_frame_parameters (f
, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param
, font_param
), Qnil
));
4312 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qfont
, font
, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4315 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame
, Sx_create_frame
,
4317 doc
: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4318 Return an Emacs frame object.
4319 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4320 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4321 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4322 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4323 be shared by the new frame.
4325 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4326 (Lisp_Object parameters
)
4329 Lisp_Object frame
, tem
;
4331 int minibuffer_only
= 0;
4332 long window_prompting
= 0;
4334 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4335 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
4336 Lisp_Object display
;
4337 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= NULL
;
4341 if (!FRAME_W32_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
4342 && !FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()))
4343 error ("Cannot create a GUI frame in a -nw session");
4345 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4347 parameters
= Fcopy_alist (parameters
);
4349 /* Use this general default value to start with
4350 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4351 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
4353 display
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qterminal
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4354 if (EQ (display
, Qunbound
))
4355 display
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qdisplay
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4356 if (EQ (display
, Qunbound
))
4358 dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4359 kb
= dpyinfo
->terminal
->kboard
;
4361 if (!dpyinfo
->terminal
->name
)
4362 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4364 name
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qname
, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4366 && ! EQ (name
, Qunbound
)
4368 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4371 Vx_resource_name
= name
;
4373 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4374 parent
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qparent_id
, NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4375 if (EQ (parent
, Qunbound
))
4377 if (! NILP (parent
))
4378 CHECK_NUMBER (parent
);
4380 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4381 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4382 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4384 GCPRO4 (parameters
, parent
, name
, frame
);
4385 tem
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qminibuffer
, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4387 if (EQ (tem
, Qnone
) || NILP (tem
))
4388 f
= make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil
, kb
, display
);
4389 else if (EQ (tem
, Qonly
))
4391 f
= make_minibuffer_frame ();
4392 minibuffer_only
= 1;
4394 else if (WINDOWP (tem
))
4395 f
= make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem
, kb
, display
);
4399 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
4401 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width. */
4402 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (f
);
4404 f
->terminal
= dpyinfo
->terminal
;
4406 f
->output_method
= output_w32
;
4407 f
->output_data
.w32
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output
));
4408 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
4411 (f
, x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qicon_name
, "iconName", "Title",
4413 if (! STRINGP (f
->icon_name
))
4414 fset_icon_name (f
, Qnil
);
4416 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4418 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4419 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame
, frame
);
4422 image_cache_refcount
=
4423 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
: 0;
4424 dpyinfo_refcount
= dpyinfo
->reference_count
;
4425 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4427 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4431 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= (Window
) XFASTINT (parent
);
4432 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= 1;
4436 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
4437 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= 0;
4440 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4442 if (EQ (name
, Qunbound
) || NILP (name
))
4444 fset_name (f
, build_string (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
));
4445 f
->explicit_name
= 0;
4449 fset_name (f
, name
);
4450 f
->explicit_name
= 1;
4451 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4452 specbind (Qx_resource_name
, name
);
4455 if (uniscribe_available
)
4456 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver
, f
);
4457 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver
, f
);
4459 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qfont_backend
, Qnil
,
4460 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4461 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4462 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4463 x_default_font_parameter (f
, parameters
);
4464 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qborder_width
, make_number (2),
4465 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4467 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4468 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4469 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parameters
)))
4473 value
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qinternal_border_width
,
4474 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4475 if (! EQ (value
, Qunbound
))
4476 parameters
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, value
),
4479 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4480 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (0),
4481 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4482 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qright_divider_width
, make_number (0),
4483 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4484 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbottom_divider_width
, make_number (0),
4485 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4486 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qvertical_scroll_bars
, Qright
,
4487 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4489 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4490 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qforeground_color
, build_string ("black"),
4491 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4492 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbackground_color
, build_string ("white"),
4493 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4494 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qmouse_color
, build_string ("black"),
4495 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4496 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qborder_color
, build_string ("black"),
4497 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4498 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscreen_gamma
, Qnil
,
4499 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT
);
4500 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qline_spacing
, Qnil
,
4501 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4502 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qleft_fringe
, Qnil
,
4503 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4504 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qright_fringe
, Qnil
,
4505 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4507 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
4508 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
4509 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
4510 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
4511 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
4513 init_frame_faces (f
);
4515 /* Avoid calling window-configuration-change-hook; otherwise we
4516 could get an infloop in next_frame since the frame is not yet in
4519 ptrdiff_t count2
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4521 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_frame_1
, inhibit_lisp_code
);
4522 inhibit_lisp_code
= Qt
;
4524 /* PXW: This is a duplicate from below. We have to do it here since
4525 otherwise x_set_tool_bar_lines will work with the character sizes
4526 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is still
4527 calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently hit the
4528 eassert (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height. The
4529 non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it had one
4530 frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero root
4531 window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
4532 change_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
4533 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1, 0, 0, 1);
4535 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4536 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4537 variables; ignore them here. */
4538 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qmenu_bar_lines
,
4539 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode
)
4540 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4541 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4542 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qtool_bar_lines
,
4543 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode
)
4544 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4545 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4547 unbind_to (count2
, Qnil
);
4550 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbuffer_predicate
, Qnil
,
4551 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4552 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qtitle
, Qnil
,
4553 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4554 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qfullscreen
, Qnil
,
4555 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4557 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
= WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
;
4558 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
4560 f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM
);
4561 f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW
);
4562 f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW
);
4563 f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND
);
4564 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT
);
4565 f
->output_data
.w32
->horizontal_drag_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE
);
4566 f
->output_data
.w32
->vertical_drag_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS
);
4568 f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
;
4570 window_prompting
= x_figure_window_size (f
, parameters
, 1);
4572 tem
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qunsplittable
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
4573 f
->no_split
= minibuffer_only
|| EQ (tem
, Qt
);
4575 w32_window (f
, window_prompting
, minibuffer_only
);
4576 x_icon (f
, parameters
);
4580 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4581 f
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
4582 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->reference_count
++;
4583 Vframe_list
= Fcons (frame
, Vframe_list
);
4585 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4586 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4587 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qicon_type
, Qnil
,
4588 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4590 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qauto_raise
, Qnil
,
4591 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
4592 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qauto_lower
, Qnil
,
4593 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
4594 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qcursor_type
, Qbox
,
4595 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4596 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscroll_bar_width
, Qnil
,
4597 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4598 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qalpha
, Qnil
,
4599 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4601 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
4602 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
4604 width
= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
);
4605 height
= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
);
4606 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
) = 0;
4607 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f
, 0);
4608 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4610 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4611 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4612 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4614 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, window_prompting
, 0);
4617 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4618 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4619 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4620 if (! f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
)
4622 Lisp_Object visibility
;
4624 visibility
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qvisibility
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4625 if (EQ (visibility
, Qunbound
))
4628 if (EQ (visibility
, Qicon
))
4629 x_iconify_frame (f
);
4630 else if (! NILP (visibility
))
4631 x_make_frame_visible (f
);
4633 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4637 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4638 frame on this terminal. */
4639 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
4640 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb
, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
))
4641 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb
, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
)))))
4642 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb
, frame
);
4644 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4645 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4646 for (tem
= parameters
; CONSP (tem
); tem
= XCDR (tem
))
4647 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem
)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem
))))
4648 fset_param_alist (f
, Fcons (XCAR (tem
), f
->param_alist
));
4652 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4653 and similar functions. */
4654 Vwindow_list
= Qnil
;
4656 return unbind_to (count
, frame
);
4659 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4660 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4661 know about that structure. */
4663 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame
*frame
)
4665 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4667 if (! dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
4670 XSETFRAME (xfocus
, dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
);
4674 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p
, Sxw_color_defined_p
, 1, 2, 0,
4675 doc
: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4676 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4677 (Lisp_Object color
, Lisp_Object frame
)
4680 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
4682 CHECK_STRING (color
);
4684 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SDATA (color
), &foo
, 0))
4690 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values
, Sxw_color_values
, 1, 2, 0,
4691 doc
: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4692 (Lisp_Object color
, Lisp_Object frame
)
4695 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
4697 CHECK_STRING (color
);
4699 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SDATA (color
), &foo
, 0))
4700 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetRValue (foo
.pixel
),
4701 (GetGValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetGValue (foo
.pixel
),
4702 (GetBValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetBValue (foo
.pixel
));
4707 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p
, Sxw_display_color_p
, 0, 1, 0,
4708 doc
: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4709 (Lisp_Object display
)
4711 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4713 if ((dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
) <= 2)
4719 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p
,
4720 Sx_display_grayscale_p
, 0, 1, 0,
4721 doc
: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4722 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4723 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4724 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4725 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4726 (Lisp_Object display
)
4728 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4730 if ((dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
) <= 1)
4736 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width
,
4737 Sx_display_pixel_width
, 0, 1, 0,
4738 doc
: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4739 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4740 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4741 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4743 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4744 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4745 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4746 (Lisp_Object display
)
4748 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4750 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
));
4753 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height
,
4754 Sx_display_pixel_height
, 0, 1, 0,
4755 doc
: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4756 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4757 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4758 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4760 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4761 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4762 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4763 (Lisp_Object display
)
4765 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4767 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
));
4770 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes
, Sx_display_planes
,
4772 doc
: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4773 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4774 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4775 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4776 (Lisp_Object display
)
4778 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4780 return make_number (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
);
4783 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells
, Sx_display_color_cells
,
4785 doc
: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4786 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4787 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4788 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4789 (Lisp_Object display
)
4791 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4794 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4795 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4796 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4799 cap
= 1 << min (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
, 24);
4800 return make_number (cap
);
4803 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size
,
4804 Sx_server_max_request_size
,
4806 doc
: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4807 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4808 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4809 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4810 (Lisp_Object display
)
4812 return make_number (1);
4815 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor
, Sx_server_vendor
, 0, 1, 0,
4816 doc
: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
4817 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4818 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4819 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4820 (Lisp_Object display
)
4822 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4825 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version
, Sx_server_version
, 0, 1, 0,
4826 doc
: /* Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
4827 The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
4828 version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
4829 release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4831 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4832 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4833 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4834 (Lisp_Object display
)
4836 return list3i (w32_major_version
, w32_minor_version
, w32_build_number
);
4839 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens
, Sx_display_screens
, 0, 1, 0,
4840 doc
: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4841 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4842 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4843 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4844 (Lisp_Object display
)
4846 return make_number (1);
4849 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height
,
4850 Sx_display_mm_height
, 0, 1, 0,
4851 doc
: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4852 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4853 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4854 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4856 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4857 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4858 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4859 (Lisp_Object display
)
4861 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4863 double mm_per_pixel
;
4866 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
)
4867 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
));
4868 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
4870 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
) * mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5);
4873 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width
, Sx_display_mm_width
, 0, 1, 0,
4874 doc
: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4875 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4876 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4877 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4879 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4880 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4881 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4882 (Lisp_Object display
)
4884 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4886 double mm_per_pixel
;
4889 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
)
4890 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
));
4891 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
4893 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
) * mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5);
4896 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store
,
4897 Sx_display_backing_store
, 0, 1, 0,
4898 doc
: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4899 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4900 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4901 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4902 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4903 (Lisp_Object display
)
4905 return intern ("not-useful");
4908 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class
,
4909 Sx_display_visual_class
, 0, 1, 0,
4910 doc
: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
4911 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
4912 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
4914 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4915 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4916 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4917 (Lisp_Object display
)
4919 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4920 Lisp_Object result
= Qnil
;
4922 if (dpyinfo
->has_palette
)
4923 result
= intern ("pseudo-color");
4924 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
== 1)
4925 result
= intern ("static-grey");
4926 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
== 4)
4927 result
= intern ("static-color");
4928 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
> 8)
4929 result
= intern ("true-color");
4934 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under
,
4935 Sx_display_save_under
, 0, 1, 0,
4936 doc
: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
4937 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4938 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4939 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4940 (Lisp_Object display
)
4945 static BOOL CALLBACK
4946 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor
, HDC hdc
, RECT
*rcMonitor
, LPARAM dwData
)
4948 Lisp_Object
*monitor_list
= (Lisp_Object
*) dwData
;
4950 *monitor_list
= Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor
), *monitor_list
);
4956 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
4958 Lisp_Object attributes_list
= Qnil
, primary_monitor_attributes
= Qnil
;
4959 Lisp_Object monitor_list
= Qnil
, monitor_frames
, rest
, frame
;
4962 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
4964 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
4965 && monitor_from_window_fn
))
4968 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL
, NULL
, w32_monitor_enum
,
4969 (LPARAM
) &monitor_list
)
4970 || NILP (monitor_list
))
4974 for (rest
= monitor_list
; CONSP (rest
); rest
= XCDR (rest
))
4977 monitors
= xmalloc (n_monitors
* sizeof (*monitors
));
4978 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
4980 monitors
[i
] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list
), 0);
4981 monitor_list
= XCDR (monitor_list
);
4984 monitor_frames
= Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors
), Qnil
);
4985 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
4987 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
4989 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && !EQ (frame
, tip_frame
))
4992 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
4993 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
4995 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
4996 if (monitors
[i
] == monitor
)
5000 ASET (monitor_frames
, i
, Fcons (frame
, AREF (monitor_frames
, i
)));
5004 GCPRO3 (attributes_list
, primary_monitor_attributes
, monitor_frames
);
5006 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
5008 Lisp_Object geometry
, workarea
, name
, attributes
= Qnil
;
5010 int width_mm
, height_mm
;
5011 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi
;
5013 mi
.cbSize
= sizeof (mi
);
5014 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors
[i
], (struct MONITOR_INFO
*) &mi
))
5017 hdc
= CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi
.szDevice
, NULL
, NULL
);
5020 width_mm
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
);
5021 height_mm
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
);
5024 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qframes
, AREF (monitor_frames
, i
)),
5027 name
= DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi
.szDevice
));
5029 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, name
), attributes
);
5031 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size
, list2i (width_mm
, height_mm
)),
5034 workarea
= list4i (mi
.rcWork
.left
, mi
.rcWork
.top
,
5035 mi
.rcWork
.right
- mi
.rcWork
.left
,
5036 mi
.rcWork
.bottom
- mi
.rcWork
.top
);
5037 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea
, workarea
), attributes
);
5039 geometry
= list4i (mi
.rcMonitor
.left
, mi
.rcMonitor
.top
,
5040 mi
.rcMonitor
.right
- mi
.rcMonitor
.left
,
5041 mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
- mi
.rcMonitor
.top
);
5042 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry
, geometry
), attributes
);
5044 if (mi
.dwFlags
& MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
)
5045 primary_monitor_attributes
= attributes
;
5047 attributes_list
= Fcons (attributes
, attributes_list
);
5050 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes
))
5051 attributes_list
= Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes
, attributes_list
);
5057 return attributes_list
;
5061 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
5063 Lisp_Object geometry
, workarea
, frames
, rest
, frame
, attributes
= Qnil
;
5065 double mm_per_pixel
;
5066 int pixel_width
, pixel_height
, width_mm
, height_mm
;
5069 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5070 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5071 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5072 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, build_string ("combined screen")),
5076 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
5078 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
5080 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && !EQ (frame
, tip_frame
))
5081 frames
= Fcons (frame
, frames
);
5083 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qframes
, frames
), attributes
);
5085 pixel_width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
5086 pixel_height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
5089 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
)
5090 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
));
5091 width_mm
= pixel_width
* mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5;
5092 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
)
5093 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
));
5094 height_mm
= pixel_height
* mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5;
5095 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
5096 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size
, list2i (width_mm
, height_mm
)),
5099 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5101 geometry
= list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
),
5102 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
),
5103 pixel_width
, pixel_height
);
5104 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA
, 0, &workarea_rect
, 0))
5105 workarea
= list4i (workarea_rect
.left
, workarea_rect
.top
,
5106 workarea_rect
.right
- workarea_rect
.left
,
5107 workarea_rect
.bottom
- workarea_rect
.top
);
5109 workarea
= geometry
;
5110 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea
, workarea
), attributes
);
5112 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry
, geometry
), attributes
);
5114 return list1 (attributes
);
5117 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
,
5118 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
,
5120 doc
: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5122 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5123 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5124 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5126 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5127 (Lisp_Object display
)
5129 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5130 Lisp_Object attributes_list
;
5133 attributes_list
= w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5134 if (NILP (attributes_list
))
5135 attributes_list
= w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo
);
5138 return attributes_list
;
5141 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep
, Sset_message_beep
, 1, 1, 0,
5142 doc
: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5143 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5144 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5145 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5146 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5149 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound
);
5152 sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
5153 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("asterisk")))
5154 sound_type
= MB_ICONASTERISK
;
5155 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("exclamation")))
5156 sound_type
= MB_ICONEXCLAMATION
;
5157 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("hand")))
5158 sound_type
= MB_ICONHAND
;
5159 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("question")))
5160 sound_type
= MB_ICONQUESTION
;
5161 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("ok")))
5163 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("silent")))
5164 sound_type
= MB_EMACS_SILENT
;
5166 sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
5172 x_screen_planes (register struct frame
*f
)
5174 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_planes
;
5177 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5178 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5180 struct w32_display_info
*
5181 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name
)
5183 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5185 CHECK_STRING (name
);
5187 for (dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
5188 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
), name
)))
5191 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5192 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
5194 validate_x_resource_name ();
5196 dpyinfo
= w32_term_init (name
, (unsigned char *)0,
5197 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name
));
5200 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name
));
5202 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version
, w32_major_version
);
5207 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection
, Sx_open_connection
,
5208 1, 3, 0, doc
: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5209 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5210 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5211 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5212 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5213 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5214 (Lisp_Object display
, Lisp_Object xrm_string
, Lisp_Object must_succeed
)
5216 unsigned char *xrm_option
;
5217 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5219 CHECK_STRING (display
);
5221 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5222 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5223 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5226 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display
), "w32") != 0)
5227 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5229 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5230 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5231 if (window_system_available (NULL
))
5234 if (! NILP (xrm_string
))
5235 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string
);
5237 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5238 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5240 Lisp_Object color_file
;
5241 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
5243 color_file
= build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5245 GCPRO1 (color_file
);
5247 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file
)))
5249 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5250 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5252 Vw32_color_map
= Fx_load_color_file (color_file
);
5256 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map
))
5257 Vw32_color_map
= w32_default_color_map ();
5259 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5260 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map
);
5262 if (! NILP (xrm_string
))
5263 xrm_option
= SDATA (xrm_string
);
5265 xrm_option
= (unsigned char *) 0;
5267 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5268 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5270 char basename
[ MAX_PATH
], *str
;
5272 strcpy (basename
, SDATA (Vinvocation_name
));
5273 str
= strrchr (basename
, '.');
5275 Vinvocation_name
= build_string (basename
);
5277 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
5279 validate_x_resource_name ();
5281 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5282 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5283 dpyinfo
= w32_term_init (display
, xrm_option
,
5284 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name
));
5288 if (!NILP (must_succeed
))
5289 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5292 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display
));
5295 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version
, w32_major_version
);
5299 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection
,
5300 Sx_close_connection
, 1, 1, 0,
5301 doc
: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5302 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5303 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5304 (Lisp_Object display
)
5306 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5308 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
5309 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5312 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
5314 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
5320 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list
, Sx_display_list
, 0, 0, 0,
5321 doc
: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5324 Lisp_Object result
= Qnil
;
5325 struct w32_display_info
*wdi
;
5327 for (wdi
= x_display_list
; wdi
; wdi
= wdi
->next
)
5328 result
= Fcons (XCAR (wdi
->name_list_element
), result
);
5333 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize
, Sx_synchronize
, 1, 2, 0,
5334 doc
: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5335 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5336 defined but does nothing.
5338 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5339 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5340 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5342 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5343 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5344 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5345 (Lisp_Object on
, Lisp_Object display
)
5352 /***********************************************************************
5354 ***********************************************************************/
5356 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5358 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property
,
5359 Sx_change_window_property
, 2, 6, 0,
5360 doc
: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5361 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5362 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5363 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5364 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5365 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5367 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5368 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5369 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5370 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5371 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5372 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5373 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5374 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5375 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object frame
,
5376 Lisp_Object type
, Lisp_Object format
, Lisp_Object outer_p
)
5378 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5381 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
5382 CHECK_STRING (value
);
5385 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
5386 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5387 prop_atom
, XA_STRING
, 8, PropModeReplace
,
5388 SDATA (value
), SCHARS (value
));
5390 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5391 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
5398 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property
,
5399 Sx_delete_window_property
, 1, 2, 0,
5400 doc
: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5401 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5402 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object frame
)
5404 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5407 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
5409 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
5410 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), prop_atom
);
5412 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5413 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
5420 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property
, Sx_window_property
,
5422 doc
: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5423 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5425 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5426 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5427 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5428 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5429 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5430 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5431 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5433 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5435 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5436 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5437 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object type
,
5438 Lisp_Object source
, Lisp_Object delete_p
, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p
)
5440 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5443 Lisp_Object prop_value
= Qnil
;
5444 char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
5447 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
5449 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
5451 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
5452 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5453 prop_atom
, 0, 0, False
, XA_STRING
,
5454 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
5455 &bytes_remaining
, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data
);
5458 int size
= bytes_remaining
;
5463 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5464 prop_atom
, 0, bytes_remaining
,
5466 &actual_type
, &actual_format
,
5467 &actual_size
, &bytes_remaining
,
5468 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data
);
5470 prop_value
= make_string (tmp_data
, size
);
5485 /***********************************************************************
5487 ***********************************************************************/
5490 w32_note_current_window (void)
5492 struct frame
* f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5494 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5497 hourglass_hwnd
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
5501 show_hourglass (struct atimer
*timer
)
5505 hourglass_atimer
= NULL
;
5508 f
= x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info
,
5512 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
= 0;
5514 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5516 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5522 w32_show_hourglass (f
);
5527 hide_hourglass (void)
5530 w32_hide_hourglass ();
5535 /* Display an hourglass cursor. Set the hourglass_p flag in display info
5536 to indicate that an hourglass cursor is shown. */
5539 w32_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
5541 if (!hourglass_shown_p
)
5543 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
= 1;
5544 if (!menubar_in_use
&& !current_popup_menu
)
5545 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
5546 hourglass_shown_p
= 1;
5551 /* Hide the hourglass cursor on all frames, if it is currently shown. */
5554 w32_hide_hourglass (void)
5556 if (hourglass_shown_p
)
5558 struct frame
*f
= x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info
,
5561 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
= 0;
5563 /* If frame was deleted, restore to selected frame's cursor. */
5564 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5566 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5567 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
);
5569 /* No cursors on non GUI frames - restore to stock arrow cursor. */
5570 SetCursor (w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW
));
5572 hourglass_shown_p
= 0;
5578 /***********************************************************************
5580 ***********************************************************************/
5582 static Lisp_Object
x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info
*,
5583 Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
5584 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
5585 Lisp_Object
, int, int, int *, int *);
5587 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5589 Lisp_Object tip_frame
;
5591 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5594 Lisp_Object tip_timer
;
5597 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5598 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5600 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args
;
5604 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
5606 Lisp_Object deleted
;
5608 deleted
= unwind_create_frame (frame
);
5609 if (EQ (deleted
, Qt
))
5617 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5618 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5619 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5621 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5622 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5623 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5624 when this happens. */
5627 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5628 Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object text
)
5633 long window_prompting
= 0;
5635 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5636 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
5638 int face_change_count_before
= face_change_count
;
5640 struct buffer
*old_buffer
;
5642 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5643 this frame has a specified name. */
5644 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
5646 kb
= dpyinfo
->terminal
->kboard
;
5648 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5649 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5650 parms
= Fcopy_alist (parms
);
5652 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5653 name
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qname
, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5655 && !EQ (name
, Qunbound
)
5657 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5658 Vx_resource_name
= name
;
5661 GCPRO3 (parms
, name
, frame
);
5662 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5664 f
->wants_modeline
= 0;
5665 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
5667 buffer
= Fget_buffer_create (build_string (" *tip*"));
5668 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5669 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5670 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), buffer
, 0, 0);
5671 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
5672 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
5673 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer
, Qnil
);
5674 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
5675 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks
, Qt
);
5678 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
5680 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame
, frame
);
5682 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5683 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5684 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5686 f
->terminal
= dpyinfo
->terminal
;
5687 f
->output_method
= output_w32
;
5688 f
->output_data
.w32
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output
));
5690 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
5691 fset_icon_name (f
, Qnil
);
5694 image_cache_refcount
=
5695 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
: 0;
5696 dpyinfo_refcount
= dpyinfo
->reference_count
;
5697 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5698 FRAME_KBOARD (f
) = kb
;
5699 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
5700 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= 0;
5702 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5704 if (EQ (name
, Qunbound
) || NILP (name
))
5706 fset_name (f
, build_string (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
));
5707 f
->explicit_name
= 0;
5711 fset_name (f
, name
);
5712 f
->explicit_name
= 1;
5713 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5714 specbind (Qx_resource_name
, name
);
5717 if (uniscribe_available
)
5718 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver
, f
);
5719 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver
, f
);
5721 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qfont_backend
, Qnil
,
5722 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5724 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5725 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5726 x_default_font_parameter (f
, parms
);
5728 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qborder_width
, make_number (2),
5729 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5730 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5731 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5733 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parms
)))
5737 value
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qinternal_border_width
,
5738 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5739 if (! EQ (value
, Qunbound
))
5740 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, value
),
5743 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (1),
5744 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5746 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qright_divider_width
, make_number (0),
5747 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5748 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qbottom_divider_width
, make_number (0),
5749 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5751 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5752 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qforeground_color
, build_string ("black"),
5753 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5754 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qbackground_color
, build_string ("white"),
5755 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5756 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qmouse_color
, build_string ("black"),
5757 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5758 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qcursor_color
, build_string ("black"),
5759 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5760 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qborder_color
, build_string ("black"),
5761 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5763 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
5764 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
5765 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
5766 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
5767 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
5769 init_frame_faces (f
);
5771 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
= WS_BORDER
| WS_POPUP
| WS_DISABLED
;
5772 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
5774 window_prompting
= x_figure_window_size (f
, parms
, 0);
5776 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5778 f
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
5779 f
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
5782 my_create_tip_window (f
);
5787 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qauto_raise
, Qnil
,
5788 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
5789 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qauto_lower
, Qnil
,
5790 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
5791 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qcursor_type
, Qbox
,
5792 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5794 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
5795 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
5796 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
5797 width
= FRAME_COLS (f
);
5798 height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
5799 FRAME_LINES (f
) = 0;
5800 SET_FRAME_COLS (f
, 0);
5801 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 1, 0, 0, 0);
5803 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5804 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qtooltip
)))
5805 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip
, Qt
), Qnil
));
5807 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5808 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5810 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5811 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5812 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5813 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5814 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5816 Lisp_Object bg
= Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qbackground_color
);
5817 Lisp_Object fg
= Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qforeground_color
);
5818 Lisp_Object colors
= Qnil
;
5820 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5822 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default
, frame
, Qnil
);
5824 if (!EQ (bg
, Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qbackground_color
)))
5825 colors
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color
, bg
), colors
);
5826 if (!EQ (fg
, Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qforeground_color
)))
5827 colors
= Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color
, fg
), colors
);
5830 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
, colors
);
5837 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5839 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->reference_count
++;
5840 f
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
5842 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5843 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5844 visible won't work. */
5845 Vframe_list
= Fcons (frame
, Vframe_list
);
5847 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5848 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5849 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5850 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5851 had before we created the tip frame. */
5852 face_change_count
= face_change_count_before
;
5854 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5855 return unbind_to (count
, frame
);
5859 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5860 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5861 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5862 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5863 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5866 compute_tip_xy (struct frame
*f
,
5867 Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object dx
, Lisp_Object dy
,
5868 int width
, int height
, int *root_x
, int *root_y
)
5870 Lisp_Object left
, top
;
5871 int min_x
, min_y
, max_x
, max_y
;
5873 /* User-specified position? */
5874 left
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft
, parms
));
5875 top
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop
, parms
));
5877 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5879 if (!INTEGERP (left
) || !INTEGERP (top
))
5883 /* Default min and max values. */
5886 max_x
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
));
5887 max_y
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
));
5895 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5896 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5897 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5898 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5899 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5900 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5901 if (monitor_from_point_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
)
5903 struct MONITOR_INFO info
;
5905 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt
, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
5906 info
.cbSize
= sizeof (info
);
5908 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor
, &info
))
5910 min_x
= info
.rcWork
.left
;
5911 min_y
= info
.rcWork
.top
;
5912 max_x
= info
.rcWork
.right
;
5913 max_y
= info
.rcWork
.bottom
;
5919 *root_y
= XINT (top
);
5920 else if (*root_y
+ XINT (dy
) <= min_y
)
5921 *root_y
= min_y
; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5922 else if (*root_y
+ XINT (dy
) + height
<= max_y
)
5923 /* It fits below the pointer */
5924 *root_y
+= XINT (dy
);
5925 else if (height
+ XINT (dy
) + min_y
<= *root_y
)
5926 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5927 *root_y
-= height
+ XINT (dy
);
5929 /* Put it on the top. */
5932 if (INTEGERP (left
))
5933 *root_x
= XINT (left
);
5934 else if (*root_x
+ XINT (dx
) <= min_x
)
5935 *root_x
= 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5936 else if (*root_x
+ XINT (dx
) + width
<= max_x
)
5937 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5938 *root_x
+= XINT (dx
);
5939 else if (width
+ XINT (dx
) + min_x
<= *root_x
)
5940 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5941 *root_x
-= width
+ XINT (dx
);
5943 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5948 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip
, Sx_show_tip
, 1, 6, 0,
5949 doc
: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5950 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5952 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5954 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5956 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5957 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5959 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5960 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5962 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5963 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5964 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5965 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5966 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5967 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5968 DY added (default is -10).
5970 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
5971 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
5972 (Lisp_Object string
, Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object timeout
, Lisp_Object dx
, Lisp_Object dy
)
5977 struct buffer
*old_buffer
;
5978 struct text_pos pos
;
5979 int i
, width
, height
, seen_reversed_p
;
5980 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
5981 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed
= windows_or_buffers_changed
;
5982 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5984 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
5986 GCPRO4 (string
, parms
, frame
, timeout
);
5988 CHECK_STRING (string
);
5989 f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5991 timeout
= make_number (5);
5993 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout
);
5996 dx
= make_number (5);
6001 dy
= make_number (-10);
6005 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args
))
6006 last_show_tip_args
= Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil
);
6008 if (!NILP (tip_frame
))
6010 Lisp_Object last_string
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 0);
6011 Lisp_Object last_frame
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 1);
6012 Lisp_Object last_parms
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 2);
6014 if (EQ (frame
, last_frame
)
6015 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string
, string
))
6016 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms
, parms
)))
6018 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (tip_frame
);
6020 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6021 if (!NILP (tip_timer
))
6023 Lisp_Object timer
= tip_timer
;
6025 call1 (Qcancel_timer
, timer
);
6029 compute_tip_xy (f
, parms
, dx
, dy
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
6030 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
), &root_x
, &root_y
);
6032 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6033 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOPMOST
,
6034 root_x
, root_y
, 0, 0,
6035 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
6037 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6038 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOP
,
6040 SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
6047 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
6050 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 0, string
);
6051 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 1, frame
);
6052 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 2, parms
);
6054 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6055 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname
, parms
)))
6056 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, build_string ("tooltip")), parms
);
6057 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parms
)))
6058 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (3)), parms
);
6059 if (NILP (Fassq (Qright_divider_width
, parms
)))
6060 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qright_divider_width
, make_number (0)), parms
);
6061 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbottom_divider_width
, parms
)))
6062 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbottom_divider_width
, make_number (0)), parms
);
6063 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width
, parms
)))
6064 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width
, make_number (1)), parms
);
6065 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color
, parms
)))
6066 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color
, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms
);
6067 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color
, parms
)))
6068 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color
, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6071 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6072 when drawing tips in menus. */
6075 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6076 variable tip_frame. */
6077 frame
= x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), parms
, string
);
6080 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6081 w
= XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
6087 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size
)
6088 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
))
6089 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
)) > 0
6090 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
))
6091 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
)) > 0)
6093 w
->total_cols
= XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
));
6094 w
->total_lines
= XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
));
6099 w
->total_lines
= 40;
6102 w
->pixel_width
= w
->total_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
6103 w
->pixel_height
= w
->total_lines
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
6105 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w
);
6106 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
6107 w
->pseudo_window_p
= 1;
6109 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6110 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
6111 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
))->contents
));
6112 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer
, Qnil
);
6113 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
6114 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
);
6115 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
6116 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), pos
, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE
);
6118 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6119 width
= height
= seen_reversed_p
= 0;
6120 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6122 struct glyph_row
*row
= &w
->desired_matrix
->rows
[i
];
6126 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6127 if (!row
->enabled_p
|| !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
6130 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6131 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
6133 row_width
= row
->pixel_width
;
6134 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
6136 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
6138 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6139 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6141 last
= &row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1];
6142 if (INTEGERP (last
->object
))
6143 row_width
-= last
->pixel_width
;
6147 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6148 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6149 Don't count that glyph. */
6150 struct glyph
*g
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6152 if (g
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
&& INTEGERP (g
->object
))
6154 row_width
-= g
->pixel_width
;
6155 seen_reversed_p
= 1;
6160 height
+= row
->height
;
6161 width
= max (width
, row_width
);
6164 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6165 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6166 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6167 width of the frame. */
6168 if (seen_reversed_p
)
6170 /* PXW: Why do we do the pixel-to-cols conversion only if
6171 seen_reversed_p holds? Don't we have to set other fields of
6172 the window/frame structure?
6174 w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6176 w
->pixel_width
= width
;
6177 width
/= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
6178 w
->total_cols
= width
;
6179 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) = width
;
6180 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f
, width
);
6181 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
6182 w
->pseudo_window_p
= 1;
6183 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
6184 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
);
6185 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), pos
, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE
);
6187 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6188 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6190 struct glyph_row
*row
= &w
->desired_matrix
->rows
[i
];
6194 if (!row
->enabled_p
|| !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
6196 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
6197 row_width
= row
->pixel_width
;
6198 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] && !row
->reversed_p
)
6200 last
= &row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1];
6201 if (INTEGERP (last
->object
))
6202 row_width
-= last
->pixel_width
;
6205 height
+= row
->height
;
6206 width
= max (width
, row_width
);
6210 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6211 window should have. */
6212 height
+= 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
6213 width
+= 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
6215 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6218 PXW: This should use the frame's pixel coordinates. */
6219 compute_tip_xy (f
, parms
, dx
, dy
, width
, height
, &root_x
, &root_y
);
6222 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6224 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
6226 rect
.bottom
= height
;
6227 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
6228 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
6230 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6231 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6232 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6233 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6235 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOPMOST
,
6237 rect
.right
- rect
.left
+ FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
6238 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
, SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
6240 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6241 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOP
,
6243 SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
6245 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6246 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6248 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE
);
6251 /* Draw into the window. */
6252 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
6253 update_single_window (w
, 1);
6257 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6258 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
6259 windows_or_buffers_changed
= old_windows_or_buffers_changed
;
6262 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6263 tip_timer
= call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout
, Qnil
,
6264 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6267 return unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
6271 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip
, Sx_hide_tip
, 0, 0, 0,
6272 doc
: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6273 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6277 Lisp_Object deleted
, frame
, timer
;
6278 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
6280 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6281 if (NILP (tip_timer
) && NILP (tip_frame
))
6286 GCPRO2 (frame
, timer
);
6287 tip_frame
= tip_timer
= deleted
= Qnil
;
6289 count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6290 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
6291 specbind (Qinhibit_quit
, Qt
);
6294 call1 (Qcancel_timer
, timer
);
6298 delete_frame (frame
, Qnil
);
6303 return unbind_to (count
, deleted
);
6306 /***********************************************************************
6307 File selection dialog
6308 ***********************************************************************/
6310 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6311 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6312 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6314 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6315 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6316 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6317 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6318 dialog does not support directories. */
6319 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6320 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
6322 if (msg
== WM_NOTIFY
)
6324 OFNOTIFYW
* notify_w
= (OFNOTIFYW
*)lParam
;
6325 OFNOTIFYA
* notify_a
= (OFNOTIFYA
*)lParam
;
6326 int dropdown_changed
;
6328 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6329 const int use_unicode
= 1;
6330 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6331 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
6332 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6334 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6337 notify_w
->hdr
.code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
6338 || notify_w
->hdr
.code
== CDN_INITDONE
;
6341 notify_a
->hdr
.code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
6342 || notify_a
->hdr
.code
== CDN_INITDONE
;
6343 if (dropdown_changed
)
6345 HWND dialog
= GetParent (hwnd
);
6346 HWND edit_control
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
);
6347 HWND list
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_LIST
);
6350 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6351 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6352 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6353 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6354 if (edit_control
== NULL
)
6356 HWND tmp
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX
);
6359 tmp
= GetWindow (tmp
, GW_CHILD
);
6361 edit_control
= GetWindow (tmp
, GW_CHILD
);
6365 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6368 dir_index
= notify_w
->lpOFN
->nFilterIndex
;
6369 hdr_code
= notify_w
->hdr
.code
;
6373 dir_index
= notify_a
->lpOFN
->nFilterIndex
;
6374 hdr_code
= notify_a
->hdr
.code
;
6379 SendMessageW (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
,
6380 (LPARAM
)L
"Current Directory");
6382 SendMessageA (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
,
6383 (LPARAM
)"Current Directory");
6384 EnableWindow (edit_control
, FALSE
);
6385 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6386 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6387 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6388 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6389 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6390 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6391 if (hdr_code
== CDN_INITDONE
)
6396 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6397 if (hdr_code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
)
6400 SendMessageW (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
,
6401 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
, (LPARAM
)L
"");
6403 SendMessageA (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
,
6404 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
, (LPARAM
)"");
6406 EnableWindow (edit_control
, TRUE
);
6413 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog
, Sx_file_dialog
, 2, 5, 0,
6414 doc
: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6415 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6416 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6417 or directory must exist.
6419 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6420 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6421 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories. */)
6422 (Lisp_Object prompt
, Lisp_Object dir
, Lisp_Object default_filename
, Lisp_Object mustmatch
, Lisp_Object only_dir_p
)
6424 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6425 static const wchar_t filter_w
[] = L
"All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6426 static const char filter_a
[] = "All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6428 Lisp_Object filename
= default_filename
;
6429 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
6430 BOOL file_opened
= FALSE
;
6431 Lisp_Object orig_dir
= dir
;
6432 Lisp_Object orig_prompt
= prompt
;
6434 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6435 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6436 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6437 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6439 OPENFILENAMEW details
;
6440 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6444 #endif /* < win2k */
6445 } new_file_details_w
;
6447 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6448 wchar_t filename_buf_w
[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6449 OPENFILENAMEW
* file_details_w
= &new_file_details_w
.details
;
6450 const int use_unicode
= 1;
6451 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6453 OPENFILENAMEA details
;
6454 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6458 #endif /* < win2k */
6459 } new_file_details_a
;
6460 wchar_t filename_buf_w
[MAX_PATH
+ 1], dir_w
[MAX_PATH
];
6461 char filename_buf_a
[MAX_PATH
+ 1], dir_a
[MAX_PATH
];
6462 OPENFILENAMEW
* file_details_w
= &new_file_details_w
.details
;
6463 OPENFILENAMEA
* file_details_a
= &new_file_details_a
.details
;
6464 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
6468 char fname_ret
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
6469 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6471 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
, gcpro5
, gcpro6
;
6472 GCPRO6 (prompt
, dir
, default_filename
, mustmatch
, only_dir_p
, filename
);
6475 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
6476 GCPRO2 (orig_dir
, orig_prompt
); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6478 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6479 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6480 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6481 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6483 CHECK_STRING (prompt
);
6486 dir
= Fexpand_file_name (dir
, Qnil
);
6488 if (STRINGP (filename
))
6489 filename
= Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename
);
6491 filename
= empty_unibyte_string
;
6494 dir
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir
, Qt
);
6495 if (SCHARS (filename
) > 0)
6496 filename
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename
, Qnil
);
6500 CHECK_STRING (filename
);
6502 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6503 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6504 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6505 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6506 if (SCHARS (filename
) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p
))
6507 filename
= build_string ("Current Directory");
6509 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6510 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6511 to_unicode (prompt
, &prompt
);
6512 to_unicode (dir
, &dir
);
6513 to_unicode (filename
, &filename
);
6514 if (SBYTES (filename
) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf_w
))
6515 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6517 memcpy (filename_buf_w
, SDATA (filename
), SBYTES (filename
) + 1);
6518 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6519 prompt
= ENCODE_FILE (prompt
);
6520 dir
= ENCODE_FILE (dir
);
6521 filename
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
6523 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6524 dir
= Fcopy_sequence (dir
);
6525 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir
));
6526 filename
= Fcopy_sequence (filename
);
6527 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename
));
6528 if (SBYTES (filename
) >= MAX_UTF8_PATH
)
6529 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6530 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
6532 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (dir
), dir_w
);
6533 if (filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (filename
), filename_buf_w
) != 0)
6535 /* filename_to_utf16 sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6536 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6537 if (errno
== ENOENT
&& filename_buf_w
[MAX_PATH
- 1] != 0)
6538 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6540 len
= MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6541 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, NULL
, 0);
6544 prompt_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
6545 MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6546 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, prompt_w
, len
);
6550 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (dir
), dir_a
);
6551 if (filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (filename
), filename_buf_a
) != '\0')
6553 /* filename_to_ansi sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6554 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6555 if (errno
== ENOENT
&& filename_buf_a
[MAX_PATH
- 1] != 0)
6556 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6558 len
= MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6559 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, NULL
, 0);
6562 prompt_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
6563 MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6564 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, prompt_w
, len
);
6565 len
= WideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP
, 0, prompt_w
, -1, NULL
, 0, NULL
, NULL
);
6568 prompt_a
= alloca (len
);
6569 WideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP
, 0, prompt_w
, -1, prompt_a
, len
, NULL
, NULL
);
6571 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6573 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6574 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6575 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6576 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6577 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6581 memset (&new_file_details_w
, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_w
));
6582 if (w32_major_version
> 4 && w32_major_version
< 95)
6583 file_details_w
->lStructSize
= sizeof (new_file_details_w
);
6585 file_details_w
->lStructSize
= sizeof (*file_details_w
);
6586 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6587 file_details_w
->lpstrFile
= filename_buf_w
;
6588 file_details_w
->nMaxFile
=
6589 sizeof (filename_buf_w
) / sizeof (*filename_buf_w
);
6590 file_details_w
->hwndOwner
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
6591 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6592 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6593 file_details_w
->lpstrFilter
= filter_w
;
6594 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6595 file_details_w
->lpstrInitialDir
= (wchar_t*) SDATA (dir
);
6596 file_details_w
->lpstrTitle
= (guichar_t
*) SDATA (prompt
);
6598 file_details_w
->lpstrInitialDir
= dir_w
;
6599 file_details_w
->lpstrTitle
= prompt_w
;
6601 file_details_w
->nFilterIndex
= NILP (only_dir_p
) ? 1 : 2;
6602 file_details_w
->Flags
= (OFN_HIDEREADONLY
| OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6603 | OFN_EXPLORER
| OFN_ENABLEHOOK
);
6604 if (!NILP (mustmatch
))
6606 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6607 file_details_w
->Flags
|= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST
;
6608 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6609 if (NILP (only_dir_p
))
6610 file_details_w
->Flags
|= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST
;
6613 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6616 memset (&new_file_details_a
, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_a
));
6617 if (w32_major_version
> 4 && w32_major_version
< 95)
6618 file_details_a
->lStructSize
= sizeof (new_file_details_a
);
6620 file_details_a
->lStructSize
= sizeof (*file_details_a
);
6621 file_details_a
->lpstrFile
= filename_buf_a
;
6622 file_details_a
->nMaxFile
=
6623 sizeof (filename_buf_a
) / sizeof (*filename_buf_a
);
6624 file_details_a
->hwndOwner
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
6625 file_details_a
->lpstrFilter
= filter_a
;
6626 file_details_a
->lpstrInitialDir
= dir_a
;
6627 file_details_a
->lpstrTitle
= prompt_a
;
6628 file_details_a
->nFilterIndex
= NILP (only_dir_p
) ? 1 : 2;
6629 file_details_a
->Flags
= (OFN_HIDEREADONLY
| OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6630 | OFN_EXPLORER
| OFN_ENABLEHOOK
);
6631 if (!NILP (mustmatch
))
6633 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6634 file_details_a
->Flags
|= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST
;
6635 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6636 if (NILP (only_dir_p
))
6637 file_details_a
->Flags
|= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST
;
6640 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6643 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6644 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6645 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
6649 file_details_w
->lpfnHook
= file_dialog_callback
;
6651 file_opened
= GetOpenFileNameW (file_details_w
);
6653 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6656 file_details_a
->lpfnHook
= file_dialog_callback
;
6658 file_opened
= GetOpenFileNameA (file_details_a
);
6660 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6662 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
6667 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6668 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6669 filename
= from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf_w
);
6670 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6672 filename_from_utf16 (filename_buf_w
, fname_ret
);
6674 filename_from_ansi (filename_buf_a
, fname_ret
);
6675 dostounix_filename (fname_ret
);
6676 filename
= DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (fname_ret
));
6677 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6680 filename
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename
, Qt
);
6683 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6684 added it to select a directory. */
6685 if ((use_unicode
&& file_details_w
->nFilterIndex
== 2)
6686 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6687 || (!use_unicode
&& file_details_a
->nFilterIndex
== 2)
6690 filename
= Ffile_name_directory (filename
);
6692 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6693 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6695 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6697 filename
= Fcompleting_read (
6699 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6710 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6711 if (NILP (filename
))
6712 Fsignal (Qquit
, Qnil
);
6714 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename
);
6719 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6720 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6721 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash
,
6722 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash
, 1, 1, 0,
6723 doc
: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6724 (Lisp_Object filename
)
6726 Lisp_Object handler
;
6727 Lisp_Object encoded_file
;
6728 Lisp_Object operation
;
6730 operation
= Qdelete_file
;
6731 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename
))
6732 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename
)))
6734 operation
= intern ("delete-directory");
6735 filename
= Fdirectory_file_name (filename
);
6738 /* Must have fully qualified file names for moving files to Recycle
6740 filename
= Fexpand_file_name (filename
, Qnil
);
6742 handler
= Ffind_file_name_handler (filename
, operation
);
6743 if (!NILP (handler
))
6744 return call2 (handler
, operation
, filename
);
6750 encoded_file
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
6752 path
= map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file
), NULL
);
6754 /* The Unicode version of SHFileOperation is not supported on
6756 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
6758 SHFILEOPSTRUCTW file_op_w
;
6759 /* We need one more element beyond MAX_PATH because this is
6760 a list of file names, with the last element double-null
6762 wchar_t tmp_path_w
[MAX_PATH
+ 1];
6764 memset (tmp_path_w
, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_w
));
6765 filename_to_utf16 (path
, tmp_path_w
);
6767 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6768 _wchmod (tmp_path_w
, 0666);
6770 memset (&file_op_w
, 0, sizeof (file_op_w
));
6771 file_op_w
.hwnd
= HWND_DESKTOP
;
6772 file_op_w
.wFunc
= FO_DELETE
;
6773 file_op_w
.pFrom
= tmp_path_w
;
6774 file_op_w
.fFlags
= FOF_SILENT
| FOF_NOCONFIRMATION
| FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6775 | FOF_NOERRORUI
| FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
;
6776 file_op_w
.fAnyOperationsAborted
= FALSE
;
6778 result
= SHFileOperationW (&file_op_w
);
6782 SHFILEOPSTRUCTA file_op_a
;
6783 char tmp_path_a
[MAX_PATH
+ 1];
6785 memset (tmp_path_a
, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_a
));
6786 filename_to_ansi (path
, tmp_path_a
);
6788 /* If a file cannot be represented in ANSI codepage, don't
6789 let them inadvertently delete other files because some
6790 characters are interpreted as a wildcards. */
6791 if (_mbspbrk (tmp_path_a
, "?*"))
6792 result
= ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
;
6795 _chmod (tmp_path_a
, 0666);
6797 memset (&file_op_a
, 0, sizeof (file_op_a
));
6798 file_op_a
.hwnd
= HWND_DESKTOP
;
6799 file_op_a
.wFunc
= FO_DELETE
;
6800 file_op_a
.pFrom
= tmp_path_a
;
6801 file_op_a
.fFlags
= FOF_SILENT
| FOF_NOCONFIRMATION
| FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6802 | FOF_NOERRORUI
| FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
;
6803 file_op_a
.fAnyOperationsAborted
= FALSE
;
6805 result
= SHFileOperationA (&file_op_a
);
6809 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename
));
6814 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6817 /***********************************************************************
6818 w32 specialized functions
6819 ***********************************************************************/
6821 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command
,
6822 Sw32_send_sys_command
, 1, 2, 0,
6823 doc
: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6824 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6825 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6826 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6827 screen saver if defined.
6829 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6830 (Lisp_Object command
, Lisp_Object frame
)
6832 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
6834 CHECK_NUMBER (command
);
6836 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_SYSCOMMAND
, XINT (command
), 0);
6841 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute
, Sw32_shell_execute
, 2, 4, 0,
6842 doc
: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6843 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6844 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6846 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6847 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6848 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6851 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6852 executable program. If it is an application, that
6853 application is launched in the current buffer's default
6854 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6855 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6856 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file
6857 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT
6858 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6859 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6861 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT which must specify
6863 \"runas\" - run DOCUMENT, which must be an excutable file, with
6864 elevated privileges (a.k.a. \"as Administrator\").
6865 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6866 not defined or unavailable
6868 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6869 also be a program executable to run, or a directory to open in the
6870 Windows Explorer. If it is a file, it must be a local one; this
6871 function does not support remote file names.
6873 If DOCUMENT is a program executable, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6874 can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
6875 to the program; otherwise, PARAMETERS should be nil or unspecified.
6877 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6878 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6879 or unspecified, the application is displayed normally, otherwise it is
6880 an integer representing a ShowWindow flag:
6885 6 - start minimized */)
6886 (Lisp_Object operation
, Lisp_Object document
, Lisp_Object parameters
, Lisp_Object show_flag
)
6889 Lisp_Object current_dir
= BVAR (current_buffer
, directory
);;
6890 wchar_t *doc_w
= NULL
, *params_w
= NULL
, *ops_w
= NULL
;
6893 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
6894 char *doc_a
= NULL
, *params_a
= NULL
, *ops_a
= NULL
;
6898 CHECK_STRING (document
);
6901 current_dir
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir
, Qt
);
6902 document
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document
, Qt
);
6904 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6905 current_dir
= GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir
);
6906 document
= GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document
);
6907 doc_w
= GUI_SDATA (document
);
6908 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
6910 parameters
= GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
6911 params_w
= GUI_SDATA (parameters
);
6913 if (STRINGP (operation
))
6915 operation
= GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (operation
);
6916 ops_w
= GUI_SDATA (operation
);
6918 result
= (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL
, ops_w
, doc_w
, params_w
,
6919 GUI_SDATA (current_dir
),
6920 (INTEGERP (show_flag
)
6921 ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
));
6923 current_dir
= ENCODE_FILE (current_dir
);
6924 /* We have a situation here. If DOCUMENT is a relative file name,
6925 and is not in CURRENT_DIR, ShellExecute below will fail to find
6926 it. So we need to make the file name absolute. But DOCUMENT
6927 does not have to be a file, it can be a URL, for example. So we
6928 make it absolute only if it is an existing file; if it is a file
6929 that does not exist, tough. */
6930 absdoc
= Fexpand_file_name (document
, Qnil
);
6931 if (!NILP (Ffile_exists_p (absdoc
)))
6933 document
= ENCODE_FILE (document
);
6936 wchar_t document_w
[MAX_PATH
], current_dir_w
[MAX_PATH
];
6938 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters, and
6939 convert operation to UTF-16. */
6940 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (current_dir
), current_dir_w
);
6941 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (document
), document_w
);
6943 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
6947 parameters
= ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
6948 len
= MultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6949 SSDATA (parameters
), -1, NULL
, 0);
6952 params_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
6953 MultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6954 SSDATA (parameters
), -1, params_w
, len
);
6956 if (STRINGP (operation
))
6958 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
6959 const char *s
= SSDATA (operation
);
6961 int len
= SBYTES (operation
) + 1;
6965 d
= ops_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
6966 while (d
< ops_w
+ len
- 1)
6970 result
= (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL
, ops_w
, doc_w
, params_w
,
6972 (INTEGERP (show_flag
)
6973 ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
));
6977 char document_a
[MAX_PATH
], current_dir_a
[MAX_PATH
];
6979 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (current_dir
), current_dir_a
);
6980 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (document
), document_a
);
6982 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
6984 parameters
= ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
6985 params_a
= SSDATA (parameters
);
6987 if (STRINGP (operation
))
6989 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
6990 ops_a
= SSDATA (operation
);
6992 result
= (intptr_t) ShellExecuteA (NULL
, ops_a
, doc_a
, params_a
,
6994 (INTEGERP (show_flag
)
6995 ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
));
6997 #endif /* !CYGWIN */
7004 case SE_ERR_ACCESSDENIED
:
7005 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED
);
7007 case SE_ERR_ASSOCINCOMPLETE
:
7008 case SE_ERR_NOASSOC
:
7009 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION
);
7011 case SE_ERR_DDEBUSY
:
7012 case SE_ERR_DDEFAIL
:
7013 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_DDE_FAIL
);
7015 case SE_ERR_DDETIMEOUT
:
7016 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_TIMEOUT
);
7018 case SE_ERR_DLLNOTFOUND
:
7019 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND
);
7022 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
);
7025 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY
);
7028 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND
);
7031 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION
);
7034 errstr
= w32_strerror (0);
7037 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
7038 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system
))
7040 Lisp_Object decoded
=
7041 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr
),
7042 Vlocale_coding_system
, 0);
7043 errstr
= SSDATA (decoded
);
7045 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr
);
7048 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
7049 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
7050 lispy_function_keys. */
7052 lookup_vk_code (char *key
)
7056 for (i
= 0; i
< 256; i
++)
7057 if (lispy_function_keys
[i
]
7058 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys
[i
], key
) == 0)
7064 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
7067 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key
)
7069 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
7070 register Lisp_Object c
;
7074 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
7078 if (ASIZE (key
) != 1)
7085 if (CONSP (c
) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c
))
7086 c
= Fevent_convert_list (c
);
7090 if (! INTEGERP (c
) && ! SYMBOLP (c
))
7091 error ("Key definition is invalid");
7093 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
7096 c
= parse_modifiers (c
);
7097 lisp_modifiers
= XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c
)));
7101 vk_code
= lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c
)));
7103 else if (INTEGERP (c
))
7105 lisp_modifiers
= XINT (c
) & ~CHARACTERBITS
;
7106 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
7107 vk_code
= XINT (c
) & CHARACTERBITS
;
7110 if (vk_code
< 0 || vk_code
> 255)
7113 if ((lisp_modifiers
& meta_modifier
) != 0
7114 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
))
7115 lisp_modifiers
|= alt_modifier
;
7117 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
7119 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
7120 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
7121 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
7122 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
7125 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
7126 w32_modifiers
= (lisp_modifiers
& hyper_modifier
) ? MOD_WIN
: 0;
7127 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& alt_modifier
) ? MOD_ALT
: 0;
7128 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& ctrl_modifier
) ? MOD_CONTROL
: 0;
7129 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& shift_modifier
) ? MOD_SHIFT
: 0;
7131 return HOTKEY (vk_code
, w32_modifiers
);
7134 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key
,
7135 Sw32_register_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
7136 doc
: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
7137 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
7138 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
7139 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
7140 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
7142 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
7143 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
7144 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
7145 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
7147 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
7150 key
= w32_parse_hot_key (key
);
7152 if (!NILP (key
) && NILP (Fmemq (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
)))
7154 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
7155 Lisp_Object item
= Fmemq (Qnil
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
7157 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
7159 w32_grabbed_keys
= Fcons (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
7161 XSETCAR (item
, key
);
7163 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
7164 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
7165 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
,
7166 (WPARAM
) XLI (key
), 0);
7172 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key
,
7173 Sw32_unregister_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
7174 doc
: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
7179 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
7180 key
= w32_parse_hot_key (key
);
7182 item
= Fmemq (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
7186 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
7187 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
7188 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
,
7189 (WPARAM
) XINT (XCAR (item
)), (LPARAM
) XLI (item
)))
7192 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
7199 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys
,
7200 Sw32_registered_hot_keys
, 0, 0, 0,
7201 doc
: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
7204 return Fdelq (Qnil
, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys
));
7207 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key
,
7208 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
7209 doc
: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
7210 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
7211 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid
)
7213 int vk_code
, w32_modifiers
;
7216 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid
);
7218 vk_code
= HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid
);
7219 w32_modifiers
= HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid
);
7221 if (vk_code
< 256 && lispy_function_keys
[vk_code
])
7222 key
= intern (lispy_function_keys
[vk_code
]);
7224 key
= make_number (vk_code
);
7226 key
= Fcons (key
, Qnil
);
7227 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_SHIFT
)
7228 key
= Fcons (Qshift
, key
);
7229 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_CONTROL
)
7230 key
= Fcons (Qctrl
, key
);
7231 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_ALT
)
7232 key
= Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
) ? Qalt
: Qmeta
, key
);
7233 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_WIN
)
7234 key
= Fcons (Qhyper
, key
);
7239 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key
,
7240 Sw32_toggle_lock_key
, 1, 2, 0,
7241 doc
: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
7242 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
7243 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
7244 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on. */)
7245 (Lisp_Object key
, Lisp_Object new_state
)
7249 if (EQ (key
, intern ("capslock")))
7250 vk_code
= VK_CAPITAL
;
7251 else if (EQ (key
, intern ("kp-numlock")))
7252 vk_code
= VK_NUMLOCK
;
7253 else if (EQ (key
, intern ("scroll")))
7254 vk_code
= VK_SCROLL
;
7258 if (!dwWindowsThreadId
)
7259 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code
, new_state
));
7261 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
,
7262 (WPARAM
) vk_code
, (LPARAM
) XLI (new_state
)))
7265 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
7266 return make_number (msg
.wParam
);
7271 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p
, Sw32_window_exists_p
,
7273 doc
: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
7275 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
7276 (Lisp_Object
class, Lisp_Object name
)
7281 CHECK_STRING (class);
7283 CHECK_STRING (name
);
7285 hnd
= FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR
) SDATA (class)) : NULL
,
7286 STRINGP (name
) ? ((LPCTSTR
) SDATA (name
)) : NULL
);
7292 DEFUN ("w32-frame-rect", Fw32_frame_rect
, Sw32_frame_rect
, 0, 2, 0,
7293 doc
: /* Return boundary rectangle of FRAME in screen coordinates.
7294 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
7296 The boundary rectangle is a list of four elements, specifying the left,
7297 top, right and bottom screen coordinates of FRAME including menu and
7298 title bar and decorations. Optional argument CLIENT non-nil means to
7299 return the boundaries of the client rectangle which excludes menu and
7300 title bar and decorations. */)
7301 (Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object client
)
7303 struct frame
*f
= decode_live_frame (frame
);
7307 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
7309 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
7311 return list4 (make_number (rect
.left
), make_number (rect
.top
),
7312 make_number (rect
.right
), make_number (rect
.bottom
));
7315 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status
, Sw32_battery_status
, 0, 0, 0,
7316 doc
: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
7318 The following %-sequences are provided:
7319 %L AC line status (verbose)
7320 %B Battery status (verbose)
7321 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
7322 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
7323 %p Battery load percentage
7324 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
7325 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
7326 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
7327 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
7330 Lisp_Object status
= Qnil
;
7332 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status
;
7333 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status
))
7335 Lisp_Object line_status
, battery_status
, battery_status_symbol
;
7336 Lisp_Object load_percentage
, seconds
, minutes
, hours
, remain
;
7338 long seconds_left
= (long) system_status
.BatteryLifeTime
;
7340 if (system_status
.ACLineStatus
== 0)
7341 line_status
= build_string ("off-line");
7342 else if (system_status
.ACLineStatus
== 1)
7343 line_status
= build_string ("on-line");
7345 line_status
= build_string ("N/A");
7347 if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 128)
7349 battery_status
= build_string ("N/A");
7350 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
7352 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 8)
7354 battery_status
= build_string ("charging");
7355 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("+");
7356 if (system_status
.BatteryFullLifeTime
!= -1L)
7357 seconds_left
= system_status
.BatteryFullLifeTime
- seconds_left
;
7359 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 4)
7361 battery_status
= build_string ("critical");
7362 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("!");
7364 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 2)
7366 battery_status
= build_string ("low");
7367 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("-");
7369 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 1)
7371 battery_status
= build_string ("high");
7372 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
7376 battery_status
= build_string ("medium");
7377 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
7380 if (system_status
.BatteryLifePercent
> 100)
7381 load_percentage
= build_string ("N/A");
7385 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%d", system_status
.BatteryLifePercent
);
7386 load_percentage
= build_string (buffer
);
7389 if (seconds_left
< 0)
7390 seconds
= minutes
= hours
= remain
= build_string ("N/A");
7396 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld", seconds_left
);
7397 seconds
= build_string (buffer
);
7399 m
= seconds_left
/ 60;
7400 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld", m
);
7401 minutes
= build_string (buffer
);
7403 h
= seconds_left
/ 3600.0;
7404 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%3.1f", h
);
7405 hours
= build_string (buffer
);
7407 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m
/ 60, m
% 60);
7408 remain
= build_string (buffer
);
7411 status
= listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP
, 8,
7412 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status
),
7413 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status
),
7414 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol
),
7415 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage
),
7416 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds
),
7417 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes
),
7418 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours
),
7419 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain
));
7426 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info
, Sfile_system_info
, 1, 1, 0,
7427 doc
: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7428 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7429 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7430 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7431 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7432 (Lisp_Object filename
)
7434 Lisp_Object encoded
, value
;
7436 CHECK_STRING (filename
);
7437 filename
= Fexpand_file_name (filename
, Qnil
);
7438 encoded
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
7442 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7443 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7444 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7445 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7446 added rather late on. */
7448 HMODULE hKernel
= GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7449 BOOL (*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
)
7450 (wchar_t *, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
)
7451 = (void *) GetProcAddress (hKernel
, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExW");
7452 BOOL (*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA
)
7453 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
)
7454 = (void *) GetProcAddress (hKernel
, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExA");
7455 bool have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx
=
7456 (w32_unicode_filenames
&& pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
7457 || !w32_unicode_filenames
&& pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA
);
7459 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7460 volume holding FILENAME. */
7461 char rootname
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
7462 wchar_t rootname_w
[MAX_PATH
];
7463 char rootname_a
[MAX_PATH
];
7464 char *name
= SDATA (encoded
);
7467 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7468 if (isalpha (name
[0]) && name
[1] == ':')
7470 rootname
[0] = name
[0];
7471 rootname
[1] = name
[1];
7475 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name
[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name
[1]))
7477 char *str
= rootname
;
7481 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name
) && --slashes
== 0)
7491 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
7492 filename_to_utf16 (rootname
, rootname_w
);
7494 filename_to_ansi (rootname
, rootname_a
);
7496 if (have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx
)
7498 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7499 use signed ones instead. */
7500 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes
;
7501 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes
;
7502 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes
;
7504 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
7505 result
= pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW (rootname_w
,
7506 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&availbytes
,
7507 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&totalbytes
,
7508 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&freebytes
);
7510 result
= pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA (rootname_a
,
7511 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&availbytes
,
7512 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&totalbytes
,
7513 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&freebytes
);
7515 value
= list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes
.QuadPart
),
7516 make_float ((double) freebytes
.QuadPart
),
7517 make_float ((double) availbytes
.QuadPart
));
7521 DWORD sectors_per_cluster
;
7522 DWORD bytes_per_sector
;
7523 DWORD free_clusters
;
7524 DWORD total_clusters
;
7526 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
7527 result
= GetDiskFreeSpaceW (rootname_w
,
7528 §ors_per_cluster
,
7533 result
= GetDiskFreeSpaceA (rootname_a
,
7534 §ors_per_cluster
,
7539 value
= list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7540 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
),
7541 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7542 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
),
7543 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7544 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
));
7550 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7554 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name
, Sdefault_printer_name
,
7555 0, 0, 0, doc
: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7558 static char pname_buf
[256];
7561 PRINTER_INFO_2W
*ppi2w
= NULL
;
7562 PRINTER_INFO_2A
*ppi2a
= NULL
;
7563 DWORD dwNeeded
= 0, dwReturned
= 0;
7564 char server_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
], share_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
7565 char port_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
7567 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7568 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7569 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7570 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
)) <= 0)
7572 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7573 strtok (pname_buf
, ",");
7574 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7575 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf
, &hPrn
, NULL
))
7577 /* GetPrinterW is not supported by unicows.dll. */
7578 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
7579 GetPrinterW (hPrn
, 2, NULL
, 0, &dwNeeded
);
7581 GetPrinterA (hPrn
, 2, NULL
, 0, &dwNeeded
);
7584 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
7587 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7588 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
7590 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct. */
7591 ppi2w
= xmalloc (dwNeeded
);
7592 err
= GetPrinterW (hPrn
, 2, (LPBYTE
)ppi2w
, dwNeeded
, &dwReturned
);
7593 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
7600 if ((ppi2w
->Attributes
& PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED
)
7601 && ppi2w
->pServerName
)
7603 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pServerName
, server_name
);
7604 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pShareName
, share_name
);
7608 server_name
[0] = '\0';
7609 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pPortName
, port_name
);
7614 ppi2a
= xmalloc (dwNeeded
);
7615 err
= GetPrinterA (hPrn
, 2, (LPBYTE
)ppi2a
, dwNeeded
, &dwReturned
);
7616 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
7623 if ((ppi2a
->Attributes
& PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED
)
7624 && ppi2a
->pServerName
)
7626 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pServerName
, server_name
);
7627 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pShareName
, share_name
);
7631 server_name
[0] = '\0';
7632 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pPortName
, port_name
);
7638 /* a remote printer */
7639 if (server_name
[0] == '\\')
7640 snprintf (pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
), "%s\\%s", server_name
,
7643 snprintf (pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
), "\\\\%s\\%s", server_name
,
7645 pname_buf
[sizeof (pname_buf
) - 1] = '\0';
7649 /* a local printer */
7650 strncpy (pname_buf
, port_name
, sizeof (pname_buf
));
7651 pname_buf
[sizeof (pname_buf
) - 1] = '\0';
7652 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7653 * we only use the first one. */
7654 strtok (pname_buf
, ",");
7657 return DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (pname_buf
));
7659 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7662 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7664 w32_strerror (int error_no
)
7666 static char buf
[500];
7670 error_no
= GetLastError ();
7672 ret
= FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
|
7673 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS
,
7676 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7677 buf
, sizeof (buf
), NULL
);
7679 while (ret
> 0 && (buf
[ret
- 1] == '\n' ||
7680 buf
[ret
- 1] == '\r' ))
7684 sprintf (buf
, "w32 error %u", error_no
);
7689 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7690 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7691 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7693 w32_last_error (void)
7695 return GetLastError ();
7698 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7700 cache_system_info (void)
7713 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7714 hinst
= GetModuleHandle (NULL
);
7716 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7717 version
.data
= GetVersion ();
7718 w32_major_version
= version
.info
.major
;
7719 w32_minor_version
= version
.info
.minor
;
7721 if (version
.info
.platform
& 0x8000)
7726 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7727 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache
);
7728 syspage_mask
= (DWORD_PTR
)sysinfo_cache
.dwPageSize
- 1;
7730 /* Cache os info. */
7731 osinfo_cache
.dwOSVersionInfoSize
= sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO
);
7732 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache
);
7734 w32_build_number
= osinfo_cache
.dwBuildNumber
;
7735 if (os_subtype
== OS_9X
)
7736 w32_build_number
&= 0xffff;
7738 w32_num_mouse_buttons
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS
);
7743 _DebPrint (const char *fmt
, ...)
7748 va_start (args
, fmt
);
7749 vsprintf (buf
, fmt
, args
);
7752 fprintf (stderr
, "%s", buf
);
7754 OutputDebugString (buf
);
7759 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code
, Lisp_Object new_state
)
7761 int cur_state
= (GetKeyState (vk_code
) & 1);
7763 if (NILP (new_state
)
7764 || (NUMBERP (new_state
)
7765 && ((XUINT (new_state
)) & 1) != cur_state
))
7768 faked_key
= vk_code
;
7769 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7771 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
7772 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
7773 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
7774 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
7775 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
7776 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
7777 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
7778 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
7779 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
7780 cur_state
= !cur_state
;
7786 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
7787 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
7789 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods
, WORD key
)
7793 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
7794 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
7795 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
7796 && (mods
& (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
7797 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
7798 mods
&= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
);
7800 if (mods
& (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
))
7801 retval
= ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
)) ? alt_modifier
: meta_modifier
);
7803 if (mods
& (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
7805 retval
|= ctrl_modifier
;
7806 if ((mods
& (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
7807 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
7808 retval
|= meta_modifier
;
7811 if (mods
& LEFT_WIN_PRESSED
)
7812 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN
);
7813 if (mods
& RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED
)
7814 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN
);
7815 if (mods
& APPS_PRESSED
)
7816 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS
);
7817 if (mods
& SCROLLLOCK_ON
)
7818 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL
);
7820 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
7821 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
7822 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
)
7823 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
7824 && ( (key
== VK_BACK
)
7826 || (key
== VK_CLEAR
)
7827 || (key
== VK_RETURN
)
7828 || (key
== VK_ESCAPE
)
7829 || ((key
>= VK_SPACE
) && (key
<= VK_HELP
))
7830 || ((key
>= VK_NUMPAD0
) && (key
<= VK_F24
))
7831 || ((key
>= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR
) && (key
<= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE
))
7834 /* Only consider shift state. */
7835 if ((mods
& SHIFT_PRESSED
) != 0)
7836 retval
|= shift_modifier
;
7840 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
7841 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
7842 mods
&= ~CAPSLOCK_ON
;
7843 if ((mods
& (SHIFT_PRESSED
| CAPSLOCK_ON
)) != 0)
7844 retval
|= shift_modifier
;
7850 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
7851 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
7854 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD
*event
, int cpId
)
7856 unsigned int key_code
= event
->wVirtualKeyCode
;
7857 unsigned int mods
= event
->dwControlKeyState
;
7859 static BYTE ansi_code
[4];
7860 static int isdead
= 0;
7864 event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
= ansi_code
[2];
7868 if (event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
!= 0)
7871 memset (keystate
, 0, sizeof (keystate
));
7872 keystate
[key_code
] = 0x80;
7873 if (mods
& SHIFT_PRESSED
)
7874 keystate
[VK_SHIFT
] = 0x80;
7875 if (mods
& CAPSLOCK_ON
)
7876 keystate
[VK_CAPITAL
] = 1;
7877 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
7878 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
7879 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
7880 && (mods
& LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
) && (mods
& RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
))
7882 keystate
[VK_CONTROL
] = 0x80;
7883 keystate
[VK_LCONTROL
] = 0x80;
7884 keystate
[VK_MENU
] = 0x80;
7885 keystate
[VK_RMENU
] = 0x80;
7889 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
7890 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
7891 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
7892 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
7893 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
7894 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
7895 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
7896 if (is_dead_key (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
))
7900 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
7901 console input codepage. */
7902 if (os_subtype
== OS_NT
)
7906 isdead
= ToUnicode (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
, event
->wVirtualScanCode
,
7907 keystate
, buf
, 128, 0);
7910 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
7911 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
7912 number, to use below. */
7914 cpId
= GetConsoleCP ();
7916 event
->uChar
.UnicodeChar
= buf
[isdead
- 1];
7917 isdead
= WideCharToMultiByte (cpId
, 0, buf
, isdead
,
7918 ansi_code
, 4, NULL
, NULL
);
7925 isdead
= ToAscii (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
, event
->wVirtualScanCode
,
7926 keystate
, (LPWORD
) ansi_code
, 0);
7931 event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
= ansi_code
[0];
7937 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
7939 if (sound_type
== 0xFFFFFFFF)
7943 else if (sound_type
== MB_EMACS_SILENT
)
7948 MessageBeep (sound_type
);
7952 /***********************************************************************
7954 ***********************************************************************/
7956 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
7957 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
7959 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers
[] =
7963 x_set_background_color
,
7969 x_set_foreground_color
,
7972 x_set_internal_border_width
,
7973 x_set_right_divider_width
,
7974 x_set_bottom_divider_width
,
7975 x_set_menu_bar_lines
,
7977 x_explicitly_set_name
,
7978 x_set_scroll_bar_width
,
7981 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars
,
7983 x_set_tool_bar_lines
,
7984 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
7985 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
7990 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
7994 0, /* x_set_sticky */
7995 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
7999 syms_of_w32fns (void)
8001 globals_of_w32fns ();
8002 track_mouse_window
= NULL
;
8004 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
8006 DEFSYM (Qsuppress_icon
, "suppress-icon");
8007 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color
, "undefined-color");
8008 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer
, "cancel-timer");
8009 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
8010 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
8011 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
8012 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
8013 DEFSYM (Qctrl
, "ctrl");
8014 DEFSYM (Qcontrol
, "control");
8015 DEFSYM (Qshift
, "shift");
8016 DEFSYM (Qfont_param
, "font-parameter");
8017 DEFSYM (Qgeometry
, "geometry");
8018 DEFSYM (Qworkarea
, "workarea");
8019 DEFSYM (Qmm_size
, "mm-size");
8020 DEFSYM (Qframes
, "frames");
8021 /* This is the end of symbol initialization. */
8024 Fput (Qundefined_color
, Qerror_conditions
,
8025 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE
, 2, Qundefined_color
, Qerror
));
8026 Fput (Qundefined_color
, Qerror_message
,
8027 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
8029 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys
);
8030 w32_grabbed_keys
= Qnil
;
8032 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map
,
8033 doc
: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
8034 Vw32_color_map
= Qnil
;
8036 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
,
8037 doc
: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
8038 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
8039 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
8040 then silently swallows them. */);
8041 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
= Qnil
;
8043 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta
,
8044 doc
: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
8045 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
8046 Vw32_alt_is_meta
= Qt
;
8048 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key
,
8049 doc
: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
8052 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
8053 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
,
8054 doc
: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8056 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8057 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8058 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
8060 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8061 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8062 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8063 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8064 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8065 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
= Qt
;
8067 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
8068 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
,
8069 doc
: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8071 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8072 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8073 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
8075 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8076 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8077 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8078 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8079 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8080 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
= Qt
;
8082 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
8083 Vw32_phantom_key_code
,
8084 doc
: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
8085 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
8087 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
8088 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
8089 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
8090 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
8091 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
8092 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
, 255);
8094 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
8095 Vw32_enable_num_lock
,
8096 doc
: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
8097 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
8098 Vw32_enable_num_lock
= Qt
;
8100 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
8101 Vw32_enable_caps_lock
,
8102 doc
: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
8103 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
8104 Vw32_enable_caps_lock
= Qt
;
8106 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
8107 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
,
8108 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
8109 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8110 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
8111 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
8112 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
= Qnil
;
8114 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
8115 Vw32_lwindow_modifier
,
8116 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
8117 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8118 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
8119 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8120 Vw32_lwindow_modifier
= Qnil
;
8122 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
8123 Vw32_rwindow_modifier
,
8124 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
8125 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8126 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
8127 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8128 Vw32_rwindow_modifier
= Qnil
;
8130 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
8132 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
8133 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8134 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
8135 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8136 Vw32_apps_modifier
= Qnil
;
8138 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts
,
8139 doc
: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
8140 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts
= 0;
8142 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette
,
8143 doc
: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
8144 Vw32_enable_palette
= Qt
;
8146 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
8147 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
,
8148 doc
: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
8149 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8150 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
8151 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
8152 button down event is generated instead. */);
8153 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
= GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
8155 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
8156 w32_mouse_move_interval
,
8157 doc
: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
8158 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8159 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
8160 reported as lisp events. */);
8161 w32_mouse_move_interval
= 0;
8163 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
8164 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
,
8165 doc
: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
8166 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
8167 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
8168 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
8169 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
8170 system to handle them. */);
8171 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
= 0;
8173 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
8174 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
,
8175 doc
: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
8176 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
8177 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
8178 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
8179 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
8180 may be available are:
8182 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
8183 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
8184 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
8186 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
8187 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
8188 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
8189 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
8190 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
8191 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
8192 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
8193 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
8194 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
= 1;
8196 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
8197 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape
,
8198 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
8199 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
8200 unless you set the mouse color. */);
8201 Vx_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8203 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8205 Vx_mode_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8207 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
,
8208 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
8209 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8210 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8211 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8213 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
8214 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
,
8215 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
8216 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8217 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8218 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8220 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
8221 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
,
8222 doc
: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
8223 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8224 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8225 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
= Qnil
;
8227 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
8228 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
,
8229 doc
: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
8230 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8231 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8232 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
= Qnil
;
8235 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
,
8236 doc
: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
8237 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
= Qnil
;
8239 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size
,
8240 doc
: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
8241 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
8242 Vx_max_tooltip_size
= Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
8244 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager
,
8245 doc
: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
8246 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
8247 unless you set it to something else. */);
8248 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
8249 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
8250 Vx_no_window_manager
= Qnil
;
8252 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
8253 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
,
8254 doc
: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
8256 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
8257 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
8258 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
8259 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
8260 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
= Qnil
;
8262 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
8263 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist
,
8264 doc
: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
8265 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist
= Qnil
;
8267 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
8268 w32_strict_fontnames
,
8269 doc
: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
8270 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
8271 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
8272 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
8273 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
8274 fontsets are automatically created. */);
8275 w32_strict_fontnames
= 0;
8277 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
8278 w32_strict_painting
,
8279 doc
: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
8280 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
8281 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
8282 w32_strict_painting
= 1;
8284 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
8285 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property
);
8286 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property
);
8287 defsubr (&Sx_window_property
);
8289 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p
);
8290 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p
);
8291 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p
);
8292 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values
);
8293 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size
);
8294 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor
);
8295 defsubr (&Sx_server_version
);
8296 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width
);
8297 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height
);
8298 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width
);
8299 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height
);
8300 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens
);
8301 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes
);
8302 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells
);
8303 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class
);
8304 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store
);
8305 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under
);
8306 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame
);
8307 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection
);
8308 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection
);
8309 defsubr (&Sx_display_list
);
8310 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize
);
8312 /* W32 specific functions */
8314 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color
);
8315 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map
);
8316 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
);
8317 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command
);
8318 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute
);
8319 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key
);
8320 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key
);
8321 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys
);
8322 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key
);
8323 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key
);
8324 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p
);
8325 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_rect
);
8326 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status
);
8329 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info
);
8330 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name
);
8333 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep
);
8335 hourglass_hwnd
= NULL
;
8337 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip
);
8338 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip
);
8340 staticpro (&tip_timer
);
8342 staticpro (&tip_frame
);
8344 last_show_tip_args
= Qnil
;
8345 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args
);
8347 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog
);
8349 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash
);
8355 /* Crashing and reporting backtrace. */
8358 static LONG CALLBACK
my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS
*);
8359 static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER prev_exception_handler
;
8361 static DWORD except_code
;
8362 static PVOID except_addr
;
8365 /* This handler records the exception code and the address where it
8366 was triggered so that this info could be included in the backtrace.
8367 Without that, the backtrace in some cases has no information
8368 whatsoever about the offending code, and looks as if the top-level
8369 exception handler in the MinGW startup code di the one that
8371 static LONG CALLBACK
8372 my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS
* exception_data
)
8374 except_code
= exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->ExceptionCode
;
8375 except_addr
= exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->ExceptionAddress
;
8377 if (prev_exception_handler
)
8378 return prev_exception_handler (exception_data
);
8379 return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER
;
8383 typedef USHORT (WINAPI
* CaptureStackBackTrace_proc
) (ULONG
, ULONG
, PVOID
*,
8386 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
8389 w32_backtrace (void **buffer
, int limit
)
8391 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
= NULL
;
8392 HMODULE hm_kernel32
= NULL
;
8394 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
)
8396 hm_kernel32
= LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
8397 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
=
8398 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc
) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32
,
8399 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
8401 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
)
8402 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
, limit
),
8411 button
= MessageBox (NULL
,
8412 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
8413 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
8415 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
8416 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
8417 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
8419 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
8420 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
8422 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
8423 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION
| MB_TASKMODAL
8424 | MB_SETFOREGROUND
| MB_YESNO
);
8429 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
8433 void *stack
[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
+ 1];
8434 int i
= w32_backtrace (stack
, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
+ 1);
8438 int errfile_fd
= -1;
8440 char buf
[sizeof ("\r\nException at this address:\r\n\r\n")
8441 /* The type below should really be 'void *', but
8442 INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND cannot handle that without
8443 triggering compiler warnings (under certain
8444 pedantic warning switches), it wants an
8446 + 2 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (intptr_t)];
8450 HANDLE errout
= GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE
);
8453 if (errout
&& errout
!= INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
)
8454 stderr_fd
= _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout
, O_APPEND
| O_BINARY
);
8457 /* We use %p, not 0x%p, as %p produces a leading "0x" on XP,
8458 but not on Windows 7. addr2line doesn't mind a missing
8459 "0x", but will be confused by an extra one. */
8461 sprintf (buf
, "\r\nException 0x%lx at this address:\r\n%p\r\n",
8462 except_code
, except_addr
);
8466 write (stderr_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8467 write (stderr_fd
, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8472 errfile_fd
= _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR
| O_CREAT
| O_BINARY
, S_IREAD
| S_IWRITE
);
8473 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8475 lseek (errfile_fd
, 0L, SEEK_END
);
8477 write (errfile_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8478 write (errfile_fd
, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8481 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; j
++)
8483 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8484 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8485 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8486 sprintf (buf
, "%p\r\n", (char *)stack
[j
] - sizeof(void *));
8488 write (stderr_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8489 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8490 write (errfile_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8492 if (i
== BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
)
8495 write (stderr_fd
, "...\r\n", 5);
8496 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8497 write (errfile_fd
, "...\r\n", 5);
8499 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8510 /* Initialization. */
8513 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
8514 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
8515 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
8516 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
8517 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
8521 globals_of_w32fns (void)
8523 HMODULE user32_lib
= GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
8525 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
8526 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
8528 track_mouse_event_fn
= (TrackMouseEvent_Proc
)
8529 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "TrackMouseEvent");
8531 monitor_from_point_fn
= (MonitorFromPoint_Proc
)
8532 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "MonitorFromPoint");
8533 get_monitor_info_fn
= (GetMonitorInfo_Proc
)
8534 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "GetMonitorInfoA");
8535 monitor_from_window_fn
= (MonitorFromWindow_Proc
)
8536 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "MonitorFromWindow");
8537 enum_display_monitors_fn
= (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc
)
8538 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
8541 HMODULE imm32_lib
= GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
8542 get_composition_string_fn
= (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc
)
8543 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
8544 get_ime_context_fn
= (ImmGetContext_Proc
)
8545 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmGetContext");
8546 release_ime_context_fn
= (ImmReleaseContext_Proc
)
8547 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmReleaseContext");
8548 set_ime_composition_window_fn
= (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc
)
8549 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
8555 prev_exception_handler
= SetUnhandledExceptionFilter (my_exception_handler
);
8558 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
8560 doc
: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
8561 w32_ansi_code_page
= GetACP ();
8563 if (os_subtype
== OS_NT
)
8564 w32_unicode_gui
= 1;
8566 w32_unicode_gui
= 0;
8568 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
8569 InitCommonControls ();
8571 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
8574 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8577 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str
)
8579 Lisp_Object encoded
;
8580 to_unicode (str
, &encoded
);
8584 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */